summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/old/54102-0.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'old/54102-0.txt')
-rw-r--r--old/54102-0.txt7724
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 7724 deletions
diff --git a/old/54102-0.txt b/old/54102-0.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 64ba8a6..0000000
--- a/old/54102-0.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7724 +0,0 @@
-The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Whip Hand, by Samuel Merwin
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
-other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of
-the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have
-to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook.
-
-
-
-Title: The Whip Hand
- A Tale of the Pine Country
-
-Author: Samuel Merwin
-
-Release Date: February 3, 2017 [EBook #54102]
-Last Updated: March 13, 2018
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: UTF-8
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE WHIP HAND ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by David Widger from page images generously
-provided by the Internet Archive
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-THE WHIP HAND
-
-A Tale Of The Pine Country
-
-By Samuel Merwin
-
-New York: Doubleday, Page & Company
-
-1903
-
-[Illustration: 0001]
-
-[Illustration: 0009]
-
-[Illustration: 0018]
-
-
-
-
-BOOK I--BEGINNINGS
-
-PROLOGUE--The Young Man at the Stern
-
-A THICK, wet night on the southwest coast of Lake Michigan a dozen
-years ago; a wind that sweeps over the pitching lake and on over the
-dim white beach with a rush that whirls the sand up and away. Trees are
-bending up there on the bluff. The sand and the rain are in the air--or
-do we feel the spray from yonder line of breakers, a hundred yards away?
-
-And deep in a mudhole on the lonely road that skirts the bluff--the four
-horses, fetlock-deep in the sticky clay, straining forward like heroes,
-the members of the student crew in their oilskins throwing their weight
-on the wheels of the truck--is the Evanston surf-boat.
-
-The driver has pulled his sou'wester hat down on his neck behind and
-swung the U. S. L. S. S. lantern on his arm; he stands beside the
-forward wheel, cracks his long whip and swears vigorously.
-
-“Hold on a minute, boys,” he calls over his shoulder; and he must shout
-it twice before he is heard. “Whoa, there! Stand back! Now, boys, get
-your breath and try it together. When I call------ Now. All ready! Let
-her go!”
-
-The men throw themselves on the spokes, the horses plunge forward under
-the lash of the whip. A moment of straining--an uncertain moment--then
-the wheels turn slowly forward, the horses' feet draw out with a sucking
-sound, and the boat rolls ahead. The driver unbuttons his oilskins at
-the waist and reaches beneath an under coat for his watch. They have
-been out two hours; distance covered, two miles. Before him is darkness,
-save where the lantern throws a yellow circle on the ground; behind
-him is darkness, save for the white boat, the little group of panting,
-grunting men, and, a long mile to the southward, the gleaming eye of
-the Grosse Pointe lighthouse, now red, now white. But somewhere in
-the darkness ahead, somewhere beyond the white of the breakers, a big
-steamer is pounding herself to pieces on the bar. So he buttons his coat
-and shifts the reins and swears at the horses. He seems to swear easily,
-this young fellow; but he is thinking of the poor devils on the big
-steamer, lashed to the mast perhaps, if the masts are still standing;
-and he is wondering how many of them will ever ship again.
-
-*****
-
-A huge bonfire lighted up beach and breakers. Around it huddled a motley
-crowd, students in rain-coats or sweaters, sober citizens and residents
-of the north shore, fishermen, and all the village loafers. But the
-students were in the majority and were making most of the noise. It was
-they who had built the fire, raiding fences and wood-yards to send up
-a blaze that should tell the poor fellows out yonder of the warmth and
-comfort awaiting them on shore--if they should ever get in through the
-surf. They were cheering, too, giving the college yells and shouting
-out inspiriting messages--as if any noise below the sound of a gun or
-a steam fog-horn could hope to be heard over the roar of the lake! But
-this was a great occasion and must be made the most of.
-
-Of course no such body of students could act in concert without a
-recognized leader; and the young man who claimed the honour could be
-distinguished at a glance. Now issuing orders to the foragers, now
-mounting the pile to adjust with a flourish the top barrel and to pour
-out the last can of kerosene, now heading the war-dance around the
-crackling fire or leading the yells with an improvised baton, always in
-evidence, as busy and breathless as though his labours had an aim--was
-a long-faced, long-legged student. He wore a cap that was too small to
-hide his curly chestnut hair. His face was good-natured, if flushed with
-the responsibilities of his position. His rain-coat thrown aside, he
-stood attired in a white sweater with a wide-rolling collar, and a pair
-of striped trousers that fitted close to his nimble legs.
-
-“Hi, there! Here they come!”
-
-A small boy was shouting. He had been stationed on the bluff; and now
-he was sliding down, using his trousers as a toboggan on the steep clay.
-“Here they come!”
-
-The news spread. “Here they come!” was passed from mouth to mouth. Those
-who had gone out of the firelight, in order to get a glimpse of the
-hulk that stood out dimly against the horizon, now came running back and
-joined their voices to the cheer that was rising.
-
-Yes, they had come. A Coston signal was burning up on the bluff; and
-half a hundred pair of legs were running up the beach to lend a hundred
-hands in getting a ton and more of surf-boat down the ravine road. The
-tall young man led the way, thanks to the nimble legs, and called over
-his shoulder as he ran:
-
-“This way, boys! Everybody this way!”
-
-The horses were taken out in a hurry and led off to the nearest barn.
-Long ropes were rigged to the back axle, “everybody” laid hold, and
-then, with the crew men still hanging to the spokes and the young driver
-leaning back on the tongue to guide the forward wheels, the surf-boat
-went bumping and lurching down the road. With a rush and a cheer she
-went, as if the fever of the waiting crowd had got into the wheels, as
-if the desperate hands of the half-drowned men out yonder were hauling
-them on--impatiently, madly, courageously hauling them on.
-
-On down the beach, the broad wheels plowing through the sand; on toward
-the breakers that came running to meet them: into the water with a
-splash and a plunge, until ankles were wet and knees were wet--then
-a halt. The eight young men in oilskins bustled about the boat, their
-yellow coats and hats glistening in the firelight; and the crowd stood
-silent at the water's edge, looking first at them and then at the
-black-and-white sea out yonder--and an ugly sea it was. But in a moment
-the confusion resolved into harmony. The eight men fell into place
-around the boat, lashed on their cork jackets, laid hold of the
-gunwales, ran her out into the surf, tumbled aboard--and the fight was
-on.
-
-It was a fight that made those young fellows set their teeth hard as
-their backs bent over the oars. They did not know that this storm had
-strewn the coast with wrecks; they did not know that the veteran crew at
-Chicago had refused to venture out in their big English life-boat. And
-they did not care. Too young to be prudent, too strong to be afraid,
-these youngsters fought for the sake of the fighting; and they loved it.
-So they worked through the surf with never a thought of failure, with
-never a thought that the white waves might beat them back; and they
-shook the water out of their eyes and watched Number Two, who was
-pulling stroke to-night, and went in to win. And all the while the young
-man standing erect in the stern, swinging the twenty-foot steering-oar,
-was swearing, letting out a flow of language that would, as Number Two
-said afterward, have made a crab go forwards. It was plain that he was
-enjoying it, too.
-
-The fire was sinking; the drizzle was cold and penetrating. The little
-groups down on the hard sand near the water were tired of straining
-their eyes into the blackness. The moment of enthusiasm was past. The
-surf-boat had slipped away like a dream--a moment of tossing against the
-sky, a glimpse of set faces, a shout or two over the pounding surf, then
-the lead-black lake with its white flecks, the lead-black sky, and the
-spot of deeper black where the steamer lay. A shivering fellow brought
-an armful of driftwood from a dry nook and threw it on the fire. The
-idea was good and the others took it up. Soon the flames were leaping up
-again.
-
-And now what more natural than a song! The bleached-out bones of a
-forty-ton lumber schooner lay curving up from the sand; here mounted a
-student, he of the white sweater and long legs, and the others crowded
-around.
-
-“All right, Apples; let her go!”
-
-And they sang out merrily there, with the glare of the fire in their wet
-faces and the wildness of the lake in their throats:
-
- “Oh, my name is Captain Hall, Captain Hall!”
-
-A rush of wind carried the next words down the beach; but the last lines
-came out strong:
-
- “Hope to------you go to Hell!
-
- Hope to------ you're roasted well!
-
- Damn your eyes!”
-
-“Hi-yi!”--it is the small boy again. “There she is! There she is!”
-
-“Where, boy?”
-
-“Out there--off the breakwater! There--see!”
-
-Again the straining eyes, again the lead-black of the sky and water. Is
-that the boat, that speck of white away out, or is it a whitecap? Now
-it is gone. Has the boat dropped into a hollow of the sea? Who knows! A
-white speck here, another there, white specks everywhere! “Boy, you're
-dreaming.”
-
-“Sure he's dreaming. They haven't been gone twenty minutes. What's the
-matter with you!” Yes, it is only twenty minutes; and there is a weary,
-bitter hour yet for the poor devils before they may set foot on land.
-Another song is the cry; and more wood--heap her up! Again Apples
-mounts his grim perch--the head- and footstone of half a dozen forgotten
-sailors--and marches the “Grand Old Duke of York” up the hill, and
-marches him down again; and when he was up he was up, up, up; and when
-he was down he was down, down, down; and when he was only half way up he
-was neither up nor down; and the rain thickens; and the smoke and flames
-run along parallel to the sand, so fierce is the wind; and the
-poor devils out yonder call up what prayers they may have known in
-childhood--and lucky the sailor who remembers how those prayers used to
-go!
-
-There is more singing and more watching; then, after a long while, the
-boat is sighted. She is coming in from the north, making full allowance
-for the set of the surf. As she works slowly nearer they can make out
-the figure of the steersman and the huddled lot of crew men and sailors.
-The fire is renewed again and a shout goes up. She hovers outside the
-line of surf, then lifts on a roller and comes swiftly in to the sand,
-so swiftly that the oars must be hauled in with a rush, and the crew
-must tumble out, waist-deep, and catch the gunwales and heave her
-forward before the wave glides back.
-
-There is one man in the stem, rolling about between the feet of Number
-Two. Even in that uncertain light, and bedraggled as he is, it is plain
-that his dress is of a different quality from that of the sailors.
-Bareheaded he is, and one can see the white in his hair and the wrinkles
-on his smooth-shaven face. It seems, too, that he wants the physique of
-his companions, most of whom are able, for all the exposure, to spring
-out without assistance. The steersman, who has been watching him with
-some anxiety, leans over and helps him out, and then, swinging him on
-his shoulders, carries him pickaback up out of the water and toward the
-fire. Word goes around that this is the owner of the steamer.
-
-“Here, Jack,” calls Apples, bobbing up close at hand, “you're to go up
-to the house on the bluff. They are making coffee for all the boys. Let
-me give you a hand.”
-
-The steersman makes no reply, but, as his burden protests that he can
-walk, lets him down, and each young man takes an arm. In a few moments
-they are all, rescuers and rescued, in a hospitable kitchen drinking
-black coffee and crowding, with steaming clothes, about the range. The
-steersman drinks a second cup at a gulp and looks around for his men. He
-is not joining in the talk, for a heavy responsibility rests on him, but
-his eyes have the blaze of excitement in them and his square jaw is set
-hard. His white, drawn face shows that the work is telling.
-
-“Come on, boys,” he says quietly. “Time for the next trip.”
-
-Quiet falls on the room that was just now loud with talk. It continues
-while the crew men toss down their coffee, hastily retie their cork
-jackets, and file out into the night. The sailors have been exultant
-over their rescue; but now they are reminded of the comrades out yonder,
-and they fall into moody silence.
-
-But after all, it is a great thing to be alive when one has been
-clinging to a rope in a desperate sea with ugly thoughts to face. At any
-rate, these men seemed to find it so; for, after a time, when doubtless
-the white surf-boat was bobbing far out, one of the hundred white flecks
-on the black lake; when doubtless the poor fellows who had to wait, old
-Captain Craig with them, were still cursing and praying--and one of them
-had wept foolish tears when they parted--they fell back into talk. The
-drama had reached but the second act, and no one could say if it was
-to be a tragedy, but the warm kitchen and the plentiful coffee, and the
-thoughtless talk of the half-dozen students who had followed them in,
-were not to be resisted. Within half an hour the banter and jokes were
-flying fast.
-
-The elderly man, whose name was Higginson, was sitting close to the
-range, wrapped in a blanket. He found Apples at his elbow and spoke to
-him.
-
-“What crew is this?”
-
-“The Evanston crew.”
-
-The man nodded and was silent, but after a few moments he spoke again.
-
-“Who was that young man in the stem? Is he the Captain?”
-
-“No, the Captain is sick. He is Number One.”
-
-“What is his name?”
-
-“Halloran--Jack Halloran.”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER I--Mr. G. Hyde Bigelow
-
-In a mahogany office high up in a very high building sat Mr. G. Hyde
-Bigelow. An elaborate building it was, with expensive statuary about the
-entrance, with unusually expensive mosaic floors on all of the fifteen
-or more stories. A dozen elevators were at Mr. Bigelow's service, and a
-dozen uniformed elevator boys to bow deferentially whenever he granted
-his brief presence in the necessary actions of going up to his office or
-coming down from his office--boys that were fond of remarking casually
-when the great man had stepped out, “That's G. Hyde Bigelow.” A very
-expensive building, in fact, such as best comported with his dignity.
-
-For Mr. Bigelow was a rising man; and the simple inscription on the
-ground-glass door, “G. Hyde Bigelow & Company,” already stood in
-the eyes of a small quarter of the financial world of Chicago for
-unqualified success. If a syndicate was to be floated, if a mysterious
-new combine was to be organized, what so important to its success as the
-name of G. Hyde Bigelow somewhere behind the venture--what so necessary
-in the somewhat difficult task of making it plain that paper is gold,
-that water is a solid, as the indorsement of G. Hyde Bigelow & Company?
-If Bigelow invested largely in Kentucky coal lands, what more reasonable
-than an immediate boom in Kentucky coal--and that men should speak
-sagely on the street of the immense value of the new mines? If Bigelow
-went heavily into the new-style freighters that were to revolutionize
-the lake-carrying trade, what more natural than a rush in “new
-freighters,” and who could know if the Bigelows should unload rapidly on
-an inflated market? But the great man is speaking!
-
-Before him, on the mahogany desk, were spread some papers--vastly
-important papers, or they could never have penetrated to the Presence to
-take up time of such inestimable value. “Time is money” is a phrase that
-had been heard to fall from the Bigelow lips. Perhaps some one else had
-coined this phrase years before; perhaps Mr. Bigelow himself might even
-vaguely remember hearing it: what matters it! Did not old phrases
-fall new-minted from his lips? Did not the minor earths and moons
-and satellites that revolved about the Bigelow sun recognize in each
-authoritative Bigelow utterance an addition to the language? And were
-there ever such jokes as the Bigelow jokes?
-
-Before him were the papers; beside him, in a broad-armed, leather-backed
-mahogany chair, sat the junior partner, the “Company” of Bigelow &
-Company, Mr. William H. Babcock. A youngish man was Mr. Babcock; a very
-well dressed man with a shrewd, somewhat incredulous eye; a man who
-speaks cautiously, is even inclined to mumble in a low voice; and who
-finds his worth and caution recognized as a useful, if secondary,
-part of the importance of Bigelow & Company. Lacking in the audacious
-qualities of his senior, it would seem, but shrewd, very shrewd--not a
-man given to unnecessary promises or straight-out declarations. And if
-Mr. Babcock had a phrase, a creed, locked securely away in the depths
-behind that quiet face, it was “Business is Business.” Business _was_
-business to Mr. Babcock; and he had hopes, even a fair prospect, indeed,
-of himself rising to a point where Time should be Money, thanks to
-the aid of the Bigelow name. And in the part of those depths where the
-thinking was done, the thought lurked, that if the time should ever come
-when Business-is-Business and Time-is-Money should be combined in his
-career (and everything about him tended to combination), Chicago would
-be too small for William H. Babcock.
-
-The papers were before Mr. Bigelow, and the great brain was grappling
-with them; it being Mr. Babcock's part to weed out details and trouble
-Mr. Bigelow only with the broader facts.
-
-“And now, Mr. Babcock,” said the head of the firm, “how are we to arrive
-at this?”
-
-Mr. Babcock leaned forward and mumbled a few sentences with the air of a
-man habitually afraid of being overheard and caught. Mr. Bigelow's brow
-drew together, in such a state of concentration was the massive brain.
-History has not recorded the subject of these documents; whether it
-was Kentucky Coal or New Freighters, or the booming town of Northwest
-Chicago, or suburban street-railways, or one of the dozen or more
-growing interests that absorbed at this time the attention and some of
-the money of G. Hyde Bigelow & Company (to say nothing of the money of
-the Bigelow followers), we may never know. For at the moment when the
-Bigelow brows were knitted the closest, when the questions raised by
-the papers were about to attain a masterly and decisive solution, an
-office-boy entered the room--a round-eyed boy so awed by the Presence
-that he was visibly impatient to deliver his message and efface
-himself--a boy who was habitually out of breath.
-
-“Lady t' see y'u, sir.”
-
-Mr. Bigelow turned with some annoyance. How often had his subordinates
-instructed this boy to demand the card of every visitor and to lay it
-silently on the mahogany desk. But, on the other hand, Mr. Bigelow made
-it a point to rise above petty annoyances.
-
-“Well, boy, what is the name?”
-
-“Sh' wouldn' give 't, sir.”
-
-The great man's expression changed slightly; it was as if he had
-suddenly remembered something. He turned to the desk and fingered the
-papers for a moment.
-
-“We will take up this matter after lunch, Mr. Babcock.”
-
-He spoke a shade more pompously than was his wont in dealing with his
-junior.
-
-Mr. Babcock bowed and went out. Then Mr. Bigelow turned to his
-stenographer, who was clicking away by the window.
-
-“Miss Brown, I wish you would go out to the files and look up all the
-Pine Lands correspondence for me.”
-
-The stenographer laid aside her work and went out.
-
-And now Mr. Bigelow, once more bland and gracious, turned to the boy who
-was holding fast to the bronze door-knob.
-
-“Here, boy, you may show the lady in.”
-
-Having said this, he bent over a letter and was so busy that he seemed
-not to hear the woman enter. For some moments she stood there by the
-closed door. Once she coughed timidly; and even that failed to reach the
-attention of the much-absorbed man. But at last the letter was laid down
-and Mr. Bigelow turned.
-
-“Sit down,” he said, motioning to the chair that Mr. Babcock had just
-now vacated.
-
-But the woman, it seemed, preferred to stand. “Why have you come here?”
-
-“I think you know why I have come.”
-
-Mr. Bigelow took up the letter again and regarded it closely. A great
-many thoughts apparently were passing through his mind--thoughts not
-of Kentucky Coal and New Freighters, but of a stately suburban home of
-granite completed within the year; of a certain Mrs. Bigelow who was
-rising rapidly toward the social leadership of her suburb, and was
-carrying Mr. G. Hyde Bigelow into circles that he, with all his prestige
-of a sort, could hardly have penetrated alone; of a certain dignified,
-comfortable, downright conservative suburban church, where the Bigelow
-money and judgment, new as they were in such surroundings, were
-undoubtedly earning a place; and, lastly, of certain small Bigelows. Of
-all these things thought Mr. Bigelow.
-
-“Well,” he said at length, without raising his eyes, “what is it now?
-What do you want?”
-
-“If I had only myself to think of,” began the woman, speaking in a low
-voice and with noticeable effort, “I should never come near you. But I
-_have_ others to think of, and I think you have, too. I have not come
-for money. If I could do it, I should like to bring every cent you have
-given me and throw it in your face.”
-
-Rather unpleasant words these--unpleasant to Mr. Bigelow, at least.
-Indeed, they seemed quite to disturb him, to drive him even toward
-something that in a man of smaller reputation might have been called
-brutality.
-
-“See here,” he burst out, wheeling around, “how long is this going to
-keep up? How many years more must I support you in idleness? There is a
-limit to this sort of thing.”
-
-It may be that this was not so much brutality as sagacity. It may be
-that Mr. Bigelow had in mind certain steps that might relieve him from a
-situation which was growing more and more annoying and disagreeable, and
-that this was one of the steps. For such words as these--such a blaze
-of righteous anger--should be very hard to answer in a man's own office;
-hard at least for an unknown woman before the great G. Hyde Bigelow.
-Even if the woman had come with vague notions that she was acting within
-her rights, that the law which had severed her life from the life of
-this man so long ago would support her now--what was she, after all, but
-an unfortunate woman standing before a great man?
-
-But there was a curious expression in her eyes: perhaps she was more
-resolute than he supposed; perhaps simply she had reached a point in
-wretchedness where such words fail of an impression.
-
-“When I told you I should never come to your office, I did not know how
-you would take advantage of me. I should not have come even now if I
-could have helped it. I don't know if it will interest you to hear that
-I have not had enough to eat this week.”
-
-She was mistaken; Mr. Bigelow was interested. Indeed, he was beginning
-to recover himself and to look down on the ill-dressed woman before him
-from the proper altitude of G. Hyde Bigelow. As he looked down he told
-himself that he was quite calm, that he was standing frankly and firmly,
-as became him, on his proper footing as a prominent citizen. And such a
-sight as this, an ill-dressed woman standing in this mahogany office
-and talking about starvation, was really shocking. He felt that he
-must dismiss her, must rid himself of her; but on the other hand he was
-really touched by her distress. Mr. Bigelow leaned back in his chair and
-half closed his eyes.
-
-“How long has this been going on?” he asked, in a voice that showed
-signs of leading up to something further.
-
-She gave him a puzzled, indignant flash of her eyes and replied in the
-same low voice:
-
-“It is more than fourteen years.”
-
-More than fourteen years--think of it! For fourteen years this woman
-had been suffering for an error of judgment, the mistake of two deluded
-years, the mistake of giving her life to the wrong man, and now had even
-faced starvation because of it. So mistakes are punished in this world.
-Mr. Bigelow, on his part, looking down from his great altitude, was
-running over these fourteen years and recalling the mistakes of his own
-that had brought this annoying visit upon him. He had been soft-hearted;
-he saw it plainly enough now. In his effort to do right, to comply
-voluntarily with certain nominal requirements which a less honourable
-man would have easily evaded; in his effort to be kind to a foolish
-young woman--and a very young woman indeed she had been at first--to
-humour her childish notions of the facts of this real world--his
-impulses had carried him too far, and she, of course, had taken
-advantage of him. He should have known better.
-
-“Hum! More than fourteen years,” he repeated, still sitting in his chair
-and looking dreamily at a group picture of a certain Board of Directors
-that hung above his desk. “Has it ever occurred to you to stop and
-figure up how much you have cost me during these years--how many times I
-have sent you large sums without a word? If you will think of it now you
-will remember that I have asked no questions--that I have known nothing
-whatever about your life and your acquaintances. I have not known how
-real your needs were.”
-
-He might have gone on to much plainer speaking, even to harshness (it
-being necessary sometimes in dealing with such people), had not his
-half-shut eyes strayed downward from the Board of Directors to her face.
-What he saw there seemed to weaken his self-possession. And, for
-another thing, it was certainly getting time for his stenographer to
-be returning with the Pine Lands correspondence. It was really a rather
-awkward moment for Mr. Bigelow.
-
-“Well,” he said abruptly, opening his eyes again, “there is no use in
-prolonging this conversation. Tell me what you have come here for and be
-done with it.”
-
-It was so abrupt that she had to wait a moment and compose herself
-before beginning in the same low tone:
-
-“I told you I had not come for money, and I meant it. I am tired of
-begging for my living. But it would cost you very little to help me
-to some situation. If you will do this, I will try not to trouble you
-again.”
-
-Mr. Bigelow pressed his lips and beat a tattoo with his fingers.
-
-“What kind of work can you do?”
-
-“I couldn't take skilled work, I suppose,” she replied a little wearily,
-“and I could hardly expect an office position--at my age. But I have
-thought of going into a department store. I really ought to be able to
-do something there.” Mr. Bigelow was fidgeting a little: he was thinking
-of the Pine Lands correspondence.
-
-“Why, yes,” he said, “I don't know but what that could be arranged. I
-will speak to Murray of the New York store. He is employing hundreds of
-people all the time, and I know he has difficulty in getting good ones.”
-
-He finished with a wave of dismissal and turned back to his letter. But
-the woman waited.
-
-“You will see him to-day?” she asked.
-
-“Why, yes”--rather impatiently--“I will try to see him this noon.”
-
-“And shall I come back this afternoon?”
-
-Mr. Bigelow leaned back again.
-
-“No, I hardly think that will be necessary. Let me see------”
-
-“I don't see how I am to know if I don't come back--unless you write to
-me.”
-
-He hesitated at this and, thanks to his hesitation, received a keen
-stroke below his armour.
-
-“If it is the writing,” she said, with quiet, bitter scorn, “you know I
-have letters enough now.” Yes, she had, and he knew it: there had been
-blue moments in his life when he would have given a great deal to get
-those letters back--letters relating to money matters, most of them;
-explanations why certain sums were still unpaid, perhaps; letters sent
-back into another life, a life which had gone under Mr. Bigelow's feet
-as he mounted to higher things. And she added: “You needn't sign your
-name, if you'd rather not.”
-
-Yes, it was time to close this interview. He was not enjoying it at
-all--was even willing to concede a point in order to be rid of her. So
-he said shortly:
-
-“Very well, I will see him at noon and let you know by the morning
-delivery if he has a place for you.” She turned to go but he detained
-her. “Here--wait! I will tell him that you are a cousin of mine. Do you
-understand?”
-
-She made no reply to this, but simply went out as swiftly and silently
-as possible. She was evidently as glad as he to be through with it. And
-Mr. Bigelow, after glancing at the Pine Lands correspondence and after
-a look at his watch, put on his hat and coat and left the office. It
-was not yet his lunch time, but when bent upon a benevolent errand
-Mr. Bigelow would hear of no delay; and recalling that Mr. Murray was
-usually on the point of leaving the club when he entered, he was willing
-even to hasten his lunch in order to make sure of a chat with him.
-
-And chat they did, those two powerful, public-spirited ones, over their
-cigars, of the questions of the day, handled as only masters of commerce
-could handle them; until at length--this from Mr. Bigelow, lighting a
-fresh cigar and speaking casually over his hollowed hands:
-
-“By the way, Murray, I have a cousin who is in a bad way--husband
-dead, and some children, and that sort of thing. I want to do a little
-something for her if I can. Could you give her any work?”
-
-“I'm afraid the best place I could offer would be behind the counter in
-my North Side store at three dollars a week or so.”
-
-“She'd be grateful for anything. It's a matter of keeping alive.”
-
-Mr. Murray was always glad of an opportunity to oblige Mr. Bigelow.
-
-“Send her around, with a letter, and I will do the best I can for her.”
-
-And thus did Mr. Bigelow free himself from an entangling alliance. He
-had now given the woman an opportunity to prove her worth; if after this
-she should stumble into dark ways, there would be only herself to blame.
-It had cost him considerable effort, to say nothing of his time; but had
-it not been worth while?
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER II--Low Life
-
-Dear Mr. Halloran: Won't you come down to the Settlement Friday
-evening? The young men's class and the girls' class are going to
-entertain themselves, and Mr. Appleton Le Duc has promised to help them.
-I want to have another talk with you about George. We have heard nothing
-from him for a week, and I am afraid he is in trouble. After such
-encouragement as he has given us I don't like to let go of him.
-
-“Be sure to come if you can.
-
-“Very sincerely yours,
-
-“Margaret Davies.”
-
-The above note accounts for the presence of Halloran and Le Duc (he of
-the nimble legs) in a suburban train, on that Friday evening, bound for
-Clybourn and the Settlement. A few seats behind them sat Miss Davies,
-escorted by Mr. Babcock, a young business man who seemed to be going
-in heartily for charity work at this time. Le Duc was talking earnestly
-with Halloran. Apparently a momentous question had arisen in his life,
-and the young man beside him, who had had plenty of experience in
-earning his own living, who could steer a life-boat in a boiling sea,
-whose generalship alone, it was conceded by one party in college, had
-won the Chicago game that fall, was, he felt sure, the best counselor
-to be found in the difficult task of guiding a life straight toward its
-destiny.
-
-“I don't know another fellow I could come to with a question like this,
-Jack; but you understand these things; you know life. You've learned
-things already that the rest of us spend the most of our lives finding
-out. Now what would you say--how far do you think a man ought to go in
-sticking to the idea of an education?” Le Due's “education,” for several
-years now, had consisted of the study of elocution, with an occasional
-peck at English Literature or the French language, and a few, a very
-few, disastrous examinations. “I've got an offer to quit college right
-now to go in as second comedian with the Pooh Bah Company. They offer
-thirty dollars a week to begin with, with every prospect for a future.
-It is a rising company, you see--a sure thing. They are as safe as the
-First National Bank. If that were just the work I wanted, I couldn't do
-better.”
-
-Halloran was sitting back with his hat down on his forehead, listening
-conscientiously, but losing a word now and then, thanks to the roar of
-the train.
-
-“You see, old chap, I set my mind on Shakespeare when I first came to
-college. I decided then it would be Shakespeare or nothing with me.
-A man's got to have a goal, you know; he's got to aim high or he will
-never get anywhere; and my goal has been Shakespeare. But the question
-is just this: Ought I to give up this offer, when it may be my chance
-to get a good start on the stage? I might be able to work up into
-Shakespeare by keeping at this for awhile, and making a professional
-acquaintance, and saving up money. Men have done it, you know. What do
-you say?” He evidently really expected an answer, so Halloran gave it to
-him.
-
-“I am afraid you'll have to decide that for yourself, Apples. If you
-care enough for first-class work to stick it out in college and then
-take your chances, you ought to do it: if you don't, take this. That's
-all I can say.”
-
-With which casual conversation did an evening begin that later promised
-to influence considerably the lives of several members of the party.
-
-They found a crowd of ragged boys and girls at the Settlement. Le Duc
-was to “read” for them; but he found himself fairly eclipsed by the
-performances of two of their own number, one a youthful dancer with a
-wizened face and remarkably thin legs, named Jimmie McGinnis, the other
-a dark-eyed girl, one Lizzie Bigelow, who sang some popular songs in a
-really good natural voice.
-
-This girl made an immediate impression on Apples. At the close of her
-first song he stopped applauding long enough to say confidentially to
-Halloran, “Remarkable what a lot of talent you find among these people.
-That girl ought to be in the profession. Really a stunning girl--and
-clever, awfully clever. Splendid! Splendid!” he exclaimed again, turning
-toward her as she came into the hall, and applauding vigorously.
-
-She laughed and shook her head, but made no reply. She evidently liked
-applause.
-
-“You must have studied--to sing like that,” Le Duc went on.
-
-She flushed with pleasure, but only shook her head again and sat down on
-the stairs to listen to the next recitation.
-
-As Le Duc stepped out, bowing with his easy, good-natured smile, Miss
-Davies saw her opportunity to speak to Halloran. At the beginning of
-the evening she had talked a moment with Lizzie Bigelow, but with
-unsatisfactory results as her troubled expression showed. She now led
-the way to a sitting-room behind the stairs. For a short space they
-were silent--this young woman who, with the buoyancy of youth, with
-sanguineness hardly justified by the facts of the black city that was
-pulsing around her, had plunged into its darkness the feeble light
-of her hopes--and this young man who knew so well the difficulty of
-climbing up from sloth and incompetency and vicious ignorance that he
-was willing to help. He put his hands in his pockets and stood waiting
-for her to begin. He liked to look at her, she was so earnest and
-unconscious of herself; perhaps, too, because she was well worth looking
-at, with her clear, delicate skin now a little flushed and the masses of
-brown hair above her forehead.
-
-“I wrote you,” she began, “that we have lost track of George. He was
-here as usual a week ago Wednesday, but then he disappeared. Lizzie, his
-sister, says they have no idea where he is; and I don't think she cares
-very much. She says he can look out for himself, and that is more than
-they can do for him at home. Now what are we to do?”
-
-“Have you seen his mother?”
-
-“No--not yet. She always rebuffs me. If she were more like our other
-women it would be easier. I wanted to talk with you first, and see if we
-couldn't think of some way to find him.”
-
-“But we have no clue. She might be able to give us a hint. Even to learn
-something about his loafing places would be a start--something to work
-from.”
-
-“I suppose--if she would tell. She is proud, you know. But we must do
-something. I can't leave that boy wandering around the city like this.
-The first thing we will hear of him in jail, and after that------” She
-ended with a shake of the head.
-
-At a thought that entered his mind Halloran smiled slightly. “Have you
-talked with Jimmie?” he asked. .
-
-“Jimmie McGinnis?” She had to smile, too.
-
-“He might tell something. One always knows what the other is up to. I
-can't think of any other way.”
-
-She looked earnestly at him as she asked:
-
-“Will you try it--if I bring him here?”
-
-He nodded, and soon she returned with him.
-
-Jimmie looked from one to the other, his small eyes devoid of
-expression, his inscrutable thin face as innocent as that of a sleeping
-baby.
-
-“Sit down, Jimmie,” said Halloran, “Miss Davies and I want to talk with
-you about George.”
-
-Jimmie seated himself and waited respectfully, his thin legs dangling
-off the floor, his hands clasped meekly in his lap. He was always
-willing to be talked to--rather enjoyed it, in fact--was particularly
-fond of moral lectures; had a keen little mind somewhere behind his
-narrow forehead, and could bring himself to discuss moral questions
-with his lady teachers, showing all the symptoms of an eager water-lily
-striving upward from its dark bed toward the light of day. Miss Davies
-he understood perfectly and really liked, in a way. She was good--and
-why not? Who wouldn't be good with plenty to eat and wear, with fathers
-and mothers, and grand suburban homes with real trees about them (he had
-been taken out there once for some Fresh Air, on which occasion he had
-seen a cow for the first time in his life). But he was a little afraid
-of Halloran, and inclined to grow secretive in his presence. To sum
-him up, Jimmie was already launched upon a professional career--he sold
-score-cards at the baseball park--and he fully realized the importance
-of his place in life; even hoped some day to be a manager and walk out
-to the players' bench before the game in a checked suit, announce the
-battery of the day, and toss out the new ball from a capacious pocket, a
-new ball in a red box with a white seal around it.
-
-“Now, Jimmie, do you know where he is?”
-
-Jimmie shook his head.
-
-“No, sir. I heard some one say he hadn't been around for a week.”
-
-Halloran threw a quick glance at Miss Davies; but it was not too quick
-for Jimmie.
-
-“He has run off, Jimmie, and we want to find him. It don't make any
-difference why he went. Anybody's likely to get into trouble now and
-then; and I'm not going to ask any questions. But if he has lost his job
-or got into trouble I think we could help him.”
-
-[Illustration: 0051]
-
-“Yes, sir, I'm sure you could,” Jimmie replied gratefully; and what
-little expression there was in his face said plainly enough, “Don't I
-know how you have helped me?” And then he added in eagerness to assist,
-“I could stop at the box-factory, if you like, and see if he ain't
-working any more.”
-
-“All right, I wish you would. Tell us about it Monday at class. That's
-all.”
-
-At this Jimmie got soberly down from the chair and went out, leaving
-Miss Davies and Halloran to look at each other expressively.
-
-“Well, what do you think?” said she.
-
-“He is going straight to warn him. Something is the matter. We must
-try his mother now. And we ought to do it quickly--before Monday.” Miss
-Davies mused for a moment. “We could hardly get there to-night--we might
-go to-morrow afternoon, when she gets back from her work. I will arrange
-to have dinner here.”
-
-Halloran nodded; and they returned to the hall. Jimmie was dancing again
-when they reached the parlour door, to music by one of the resident
-teachers who had volunteered to take the place of Miss Davies. Apples
-had disappeared and Lizzie Bigelow also. Miss Davies looked around for
-them; then, realizing after a moment that Jimmie's feet were not the
-only ones that were stepping in time to the music, she glanced up the
-stairway. A laugh from the upper hall and the fling of a skirt at the
-head of the stairs brought a puzzled expression to her face. But the
-explanation came in a moment. Just as Jimmie stopped dancing and was
-turning toward the hall, Apples came running down the stairs, a cane in
-his hand, and after him Lizzie Bigelow, laughing, nearly breathless, and
-with a heightened colour.
-
-“Oh, Miss Davies,” Apples exclaimed with all his good-natured assurance
-on the surface, “Miss Bigelow and I are going to do a cake-walk, and
-we want you to play for us--a good, lively march, with a lot of jump in
-it.”
-
-Miss Davies looked at him surprised, then at Lizzie; finally, in
-distress, she turned to Halloran. But he found nothing to say. Before
-Miss Davies could collect her wits and think of some excuse Apples was
-blundering on.
-
-“Play the one you did for the boy--that'll do splendidly. We've been
-practising up-stairs, and it goes mighty well. We'd better do it now,
-before we get our steps mixed. Miss Bigelow says she'd rather do this
-than the song she is down to sing--didn't you?” he added, appealing to
-her.
-
-She assented rather shamefacedly, and Miss Davies gave up. There was no
-rule against cakewalks, and she herself had invited Le Duc to entertain
-the boys and girls; so she concealed her dislike for this juvenile way
-of overstepping boundaries and went to the piano. Halloran was downright
-sorry for her, but he did not see what he could do..
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER III--George and His Troubles
-
-Halloran foresaw that it might be late Saturday evening before Miss
-Davies and he could return to Evanston, so he arranged with another
-member of the crew to stand his watch from ten to midnight; and then,
-knowing nothing of what might be before them, these two young people set
-out on their search for George.
-
-Picture a tenement far out on the North Side, one of thousands of
-smoke-coloured buildings, somewhere on an obscure street that was
-discouragingly like dozens of other streets. Without the tenement an
-electric light (for it was six o'clock and dark on this autumn day)
-threw its flare on an uneven cedar-block pavement, worn into ruts
-and holes that had given up, hopeless of repair, to mud and filth; on
-obscure little tailor shops and masquerade-costume shops, and dirty
-tobacco shops with windows hung full of questionable prints; on an
-itinerant popcorn-and-peanut man, who had stationed his glass-enclosed
-cart on the corner and was himself sitting on the curbstone, the picture
-of disgust with life; on a prosperous red-brick corner building, that
-shed light and comfort from half a dozen broad windows, announcing
-itself by its curtained inner door and its black-and-gilt signs to
-be Hoffman's sample room. So much for the neighbourhood. Within the
-tenement, up three flights of stairs, was an apartment of two rooms
-where lived Mrs. Craig with her daughter and her son, who bore the name
-of Bigelow.
-
-Lizzie was sewing: her mother, back home for supper in the intermission
-between the work of afternoon and evening, was taking off her hat.
-
-“Is the fire going, Lizzie?”
-
-The girl shook her head without looking up. “How did I know you were
-coming home so early?”
-
-“It is six o'clock.”
-
-“Well, how do you suppose I'm ever going to get my work done if I have
-to make fires for you? Where's George, I'd like to know! That's his
-business, anyway.”
-
-Mrs. Craig, herself wondering where George was, went to the next room
-and built the fire herself.
-
-A few moments later Halloran knocked at the door, and Miss Davies and
-he were admitted. And while Miss Davies was opening the subject, trying
-with the utmost delicacy to obtain the confidence of this woman, trying
-to show by simple, honest words how sincerely she and Halloran were
-interested in George, another boy, a small, wizened-faced boy with thin
-legs, was hiding in a doorway across the street, watching with keen
-little eyes for their exit and pondering with a keen little mind on
-their probably next move.
-
-Miss Davies was beginning to wonder if she had not overestimated the
-difficulty of talking with Mrs. Craig. Or was it the present topic that
-made it a little easier? For she had come now with no offers of food, or
-coal for the fires; but only to talk about George, to see if she and the
-young man with her might not, by giving their time and interest, make
-the search easier. And the main difficulty seemed now to be that the
-woman knew no more about it than they did.
-
-“It was early last week,” she explained, speaking quietly, in a voice
-that had been brought to a dead level by habitual restraint. “He went
-off to work as usual, after dinner, and said he would be back to supper.
-I don't know where he can be. He has never been a bad boy.”
-
-Lizzie, now that so much trouble was going on about George, began to
-feel unusually sorrowful herself--was even moved to tears, and had to
-go into the other room and bustle about getting supper ready before she
-could bring her feelings under control.
-
-“Mr. Halloran thought the best thing would be to go out and search for
-him,” said Miss Davies. “And he thought you could help--:--” She turned
-to him and finished by saying, “Won't you explain to Mrs. Craig?”
-
-“Can you tell us,” he responded, “of some place in the neighbourhood
-that George has been in the habit of going to--some place where he has
-friends?”
-
-Mrs. Craig shook her head. “No; when he was not working he was almost
-always at home.”
-
-“But he surely had acquaintances. You see, Mrs. Craig, we must have some
-place to start from.”
-
-She thought for a moment. “No; so far as I know, there was only one man
-in the neighbourhood who took the least interest in him. And he wouldn't
-know anything about this. We have not lived here so very long------”
-
-“Who is this man?”
-
-“Mr. Hoffman, on the corner. He has been kind to George, once or twice.”
-
-Halloran rose, saying aside to Miss Davies, “I will speak to him and
-come back here,” and went out.
-
-He found a stout German behind the bar in the corner saloon who proved,
-upon inquiry, to be Hoffman himself. He was a substantial sort of man,
-speaking excellent English, and representing, if one could judge from
-the neat, well-stocked bar, the clean floor, the geraniums in the
-windows, and the general air of thrift and order, what he might have
-been pleased to call a decent saloon. Halloran began without preliminary
-by asking Hoffman if he knew George Bigelow.
-
-The saloon-keeper rested both hands on the bar and looked across it,
-scrutinizing him closely before answering.
-
-“Yes, there is a boy of that name around here.”
-
-“He disappeared from home last week and his family are worried about
-him. I have been told that you might help me find him.”
-
-Hoffman shook his head, still watching him closely. “No,” he said; “I
-know nothing about him.”
-
-“Has he been about here at all lately?”
-
-“No; it is two weeks since I saw him.”
-
-The honest German face had the word suspicion plainly written on it,
-Halloran saw that he was not getting at the man at all, so he leaned on
-the bar and explained himself.
-
-“I have come from the University Settlement. George has been at class
-there regularly until lately. His teachers believe in him and want to
-help him. They are afraid now that he has got into trouble and is afraid
-to come back. Do you know anything about it?”
-
-For reply Hoffman asked:
-
-“What is your name?”
-
-“Halloran.”
-
-“You come from the Settlement?”
-
-“Yes.”
-
-“Have you seen Mrs. Craig?”
-
-“I have just come from there. Miss Davies, George's teacher, is with her
-now.”
-
-The big man slowly turned it over in his mind. Finally he said:
-
-“I will tell you all I know, but it is not very much. There is another
-little boy named McGinnis who is around with him most of the time. The
-McGinnis boy worked at the ball park until the season closed last week.
-For ten days now he has been coming here for a glass of beer pretty
-often, and he always carries away the lunch. You say you want to help
-George?”
-
-Halloran nodded.
-
-“Well, I will tell you what I think.” He used the word “think,” but his
-expression showed that he knew pretty nearly the facts. “McGinnis has
-an uncle, a boat-builder, who has a place under the Wells Street Bridge.
-You go down there and you will learn more than I can tell you.”
-
-Halloran thanked him and returned to Miss Davies, Mrs. Craig, he found,
-was getting ready to go back to work. They were all waiting anxiously
-for him.
-
-“I think we are started right,” he said cheerily, addressing the mother.
-“I will be back later in the evening and report progress.” To Miss
-Davies he said: “You would rather wait at the Settlement, I suppose. I
-shan't be back probably before eight or nine o'clock.”
-
-“Why,” she said in a low voice as they were passing out the door, “don't
-you want me to go with you?”
-
-“I am afraid not. I could hardly take you prowling around the wharves at
-night.” And he told her, as they went down the stairs behind Mrs. Craig,
-what directions the saloon-keeper had given him. They were still talking
-about it when they joined the woman on the sidewalk; and then the three
-of them walked together to the second corner, talking it over and over
-again. For Mrs. Craig was beginning to discover that the young people
-were downright interested in her and in her boy. There was no gracious
-down-reaching here, no lending a kind hand to the unfortunate; but just
-a young woman who believed she could help, and a young man who knew a
-little of what it all meant; in short, here were two real persons who
-said little and meant more. She was not afraid, as she looked at them,
-that they would pray for her, loudly and zealously, kneeling on the
-floor of her own tenement rooms. And she was inclined to wonder, looking
-out at them across her own sea of troubles, what life was to hold for
-them.
-
-Something of this last thought got into her manner as she took their
-hands at parting; indeed, her reserve so nearly broke that she gave
-them--not singly, but the two of them together--a look that brought a
-faint blush to the young woman's cheek and to her mind other thoughts
-than George and his difficulties---thoughts that disturbed her a little
-later when she and Halloran were walking toward the Settlement, so
-foolish and trivial were they beside the realities of the scene that had
-passed--thoughts that were resolutely put from her mind.
-
-At the Settlement steps she lingered a moment.
-
-“I wish I were going with you,” she said, hesitating. “There is pride in
-the family, and George has his share of it. If you--if he should think
-you blamed him or looked down on him, he would never come back with you.
-He has always been hard to reach, and I think it is because of a rough
-sort of sensitiveness.”
-
-Was it unreasonable that she should wish to continue handling this
-case, just now when tact was so urgently needed? Or that she should give
-Halloran a hint of the best course to take with the boy?
-
-“I don't blame him,” he replied. “The way to help him is to make him
-feel like somebody. If you once let him get to thinking that he is good
-for nothing he'll run down hill fast. Jimmie McGinnis, now, will take
-all the knocks you can give him, and go right on turning his pennies; he
-will be in the City Council yet.”
-
-She nodded, for she saw that he understood. And he turned away to begin
-the search, walking over to the car-line. As he sat down in the first
-trailer a small boy ran alongside the rear car and swung himself aboard,
-hurriedly drawing in a pair of thin legs after him.
-
-Through gloomy Kinzie Street walked Halloran, when he had reached the
-river district, and after him, half a block or more, came the thin legs.
-He got to the bridge by the Northwestern Station, crossed over, and
-looked around for a means of descent to the wharves. After a moment he
-saw in the shadow of a brick building--a building that was a South Water
-Street market in front, a factory in the upper half and a tug-office
-behind--what seemed to be a break in the railing. He crossed to it
-and found, sure enough, a narrow stairway, covered with mud and slime,
-leading down toward the oily surface of the river. It was curious--he
-had crossed the bridge a hundred times, but it had never occurred to him
-that there was any life below the street, that men came and went down
-there on the strip of wharf, so narrow that it seemed little more than
-a fender for the buildings that backed on the river. Picking his way
-carefully to avoid slipping, he walked down.
-
-Not far away, in the basement of one of these buildings, was a sailors'
-grog-shop: hardly three rods from the bridge-walk, even in sight from
-it, yet so quietly tucked away below story on story of brick building,
-behind half a dozen smoking tugs, in a spot where no sober doorway, no
-saloon doorway even, had a right to be--so hidden, in fact, that not
-half a dozen of the tens of thousands of people on the bridge daily had
-ever observed it. It was a wonder how a drunken man could ever get out
-through the door without falling into the river--perhaps one did fall
-now and then. There was music in the saloon now--a squeaking fiddle and
-loud noises.
-
-Beyond, the river was splashed with red and white and green from
-lanterns and side-lights; and a dozen masts, their spars and rigging
-apparently interlaced, were outlined against the western sky. At the
-moment a big freighter, bound out, was headed for the draw, forging
-slowly and almost silently down the sluggish stream, passing along like
-some dim modern Flying Dutchman. Above, on the bridge, cars were rumbling
-and footsteps were pattering--the feet of the late suburbanites hurrying
-to their trains. All Chicago was alive and bustling above him and around
-him; but here, at the end of a crooked passage, was a quiet spot--a
-shop filled with boats, completed and uncompleted; and sprawled on his
-stomach behind one of the boats, a cigarette in his mouth, an Old Sleuth
-story spread on the boards before him, a candle stuck in a beer bottle
-at his elbow, was a boy, who was trying to believe that he was, in spite
-of cold feet and sniffling nose, really tough and comfortable.
-
-“Well, George,” said Halloran, “how's business?”
-
-George started, turned pale, and hastily took the cigarette from his
-mouth; then remembering his independence, he as hastily put it back.
-Halloran sat down on the stem of a ship's boat and filled his pipe.
-
-“Miss Davies and I heard you were in hard luck,” he went on, “and I
-thought I'd look you up and see what's the matter.”
-
-George had not been able to speak until now. He sat up, pulled doggedly
-a moment at his cigarette, and said in a very sulky tone:
-
-“Who told you I was here?”
-
-Halloran would have been glad to answer him, but as it fell out no reply
-was necessary. For just as he was pausing to light his pipe a step
-was heard in the passage and a wizened-faced boy appeared in the outer
-circle of the candle-light.
-
-It was Jimmie, eyeing Halloran with distrust, glancing apologetically at
-George, more disturbed, in fact, than Halloran had yet seen him. To him
-now George turned a reproachful face.
-
-“I never done it, George,” said Jimmie. “I'd a-busted first. He went
-around to old Hoffman and he put him onto my uncle. I see him go in
-there and I followed him up.”
-
-“That's right, George,” Halloran put in by way of seconding Jimmie.
-“We couldn't get a word out of him. It was your mother that sent me to
-Hoffman. But I've come down to talk with you, and I'm not sorry that
-Jimmie is here. Now, what's the trouble? Tell me about it; and then I
-will see what we can do for you.”
-
-The two boys looked at each other. George had been told so often by
-certain Settlement workers never to smoke, never to read bad books,
-never to be seen in company with beer bottles, he had supposed that of
-course these things would be the first subjects under discussion; and
-the omission disconcerted him. Jimmie, meanwhile, being the shrewder of
-the two, was signaling him to go ahead and spit it out. So he began,
-in a blundering, sullen sort of a way; stumbled, blushed and stopped.
-Finally Jimmie had to take it up.
-
-“You see, it's just this way. George's folks was getting down pretty
-close to the boards, and they was the rent coming, and George he had his
-week's pay, but it wasn't enough, so I just told him”--very patronizing
-here, was Jimmie, as became a young capitalist who had once clasped the
-hand of Captain Anson--“I told him to give it to me and I'd put it up on
-the Washington game, with a little wad of my own. It was an easy mark,
-'cause the Washingtons were tail-enders, and I had hold of their mascot,
-and he was willing to put up even. It was like taking the money out of
-his pocket, but a man can't throw away a chance like that--and then I'll
-be damned if Billy Connors didn't up and throw the game.”
-
-“He's a hell of a pitcher,” was George's comment, spoken with a sidelong
-glance at Halloran.
-
-“Never you mind,” said Jimmie, “Watson 'll never sign him again, after a
-trick like that.”
-
-Rather an interesting situation this--an odd confusing of good motives
-with bad--an amusing symptom of good feeling in speculator Jimmie, to
-be taking up the support of a young man who had been ruined through his
-advice. He would doubtless get over it as he grew older. If every man
-were to feel the same responsibility, what a wreck it would make of our
-institutions! What a scrambling there would be in Wall Street, in La
-Salle Street! Incipient socialism this--a bad thing, very bad!
-
-Halloran nodded and smiled a little. “I know,” he said. “We're all of
-us likely to fall down now and then. I don't know as I should have done
-just that, though. A man can't afford to gamble unless he can afford to
-lose; and there aren't many such men. I'm not sure there are any.”
- He smiled again--he knew just how George felt, just about what he was
-thinking behind that clouded face. “But now the question is, how are we
-going to fix you up again? You can't stay here. How much did you lose?”
-
-Again it was Jimmie that answered, “Three fifty.”
-
-Halloran thought for a moment, doing some sums in his head; then he took
-a purse from his pocket and counted out the money.
-
-“Now, George,” he said, “this is a loan. I know you're square, and I'm
-willing to take your word for it. There is no hurry; but some day,
-when you feel you can, you may pay it back. We needn't either of us say
-anything about it.” George's expression was changing every moment; but
-he took the money. “Suppose we go back to the house now, George. You
-will find your mother and sister mighty glad to see you. And Miss Davies
-is waiting at the Settlement to hear about you. She has worried a good
-deal. Then Monday we will see if we can't get the factory to give you
-another trial.”
-
-George's armour was not proof against such an attack as this. He got up,
-put the story in his pocket, and lighted Halloran and Jimmie along
-the passage with his candle; then he snuffed it out and put it in his
-pocket, threw the bottle into the river and followed the two others up
-the stairway to the street.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER IV--The End of the Beginning
-
-Bending over a book sat Halloran, both elbows on the table, the fingers
-of both hands run through his hair. The book lay open, and spread out on
-the leaves was a note from Miss Davies; in part this ran as follows:
-
-“. . . George is to have another trial at the box-factory. They seem
-willing to be kind to him, but Mr. -------- says emphatically that he
-will not be taken back a second time. But I have confidence in him, and
-particularly in your influence.. . .
-
-“I will tell you all about it when you next come up to the house. I am
-more grateful than you know--indeed, we all are--for your. . .”
-
-Halloran had made a discovery. Had he been given to self-scrutiny it
-would have come earlier; and it would then have been a little easier to
-face. But this way of thinking would not help him now; it had not come
-earlier, it was difficult, and the question lay before him: should he
-make that next visit to the house or not?
-
-He glanced up at his nickel alarm-clock and saw that it was time to go
-on watch; so he put on his sweater and oilskins and sou'wester, blew out
-his lamp and walked across the Sheridan road to the station.
-
-It was nearly four years since he had taken care of the Davies's furnace
-and slept in their barn. That had been in his days of “subbing” for
-a crew position, and he had not been a boy even then; he had entered
-college at twenty-two. Since then, thanks to his salary as a surfman in
-the pay of the Treasury Department, he had got along rather better; he
-was no longer the traditional poor student. He was not ashamed of his
-struggles, nor especially proud of them; he was inclined to think that
-struggling is not in itself particularly commendable; that it is success
-that counts. He knew that Mrs. Davies and her daughter had followed his
-work with interest, and he was grateful for it. “Grateful!”--there was
-the word that he stuck at. For, after all, had there not been from
-the start an element of patronage in their kindness to him? “Kindness”
- another word that hurt.
-
-Number Six was “punching” the watchman's clock that always hung just
-within the station door.
-
-“Hallo,” he said to Halloran.
-
-“Hallo.”
-
-“Wet night.”
-
-“Yes, rather.”
-
-“Better keep an eye on that light off the long pier. She's running in
-pretty close, I think.”
-
-“All right; good-night.”
-
-Number Six disappeared in the dark of the road, bound for bed; and
-Halloran pulled his sweater up around his neck and fell to pacing the
-veranda. The surf was booming on the beach below; the rain was cutting
-in toward the land. Out beyond the breakers were lights--a line of them
-along the horizon.
-
-The time had come to look ahead. In another six months his college
-course would be completed; his playtime would be over; realities lay
-beyond--downright realities that surround a man, that show clear through
-him, that bear him down and under unless he be made of stronger stuff
-than they. Wits were needed, and judgment; the determination that goes
-against things, not with them. There would be no making up of cuts, out
-there in the world, no special examinations; a man must look higher
-than the faculty there. Mistakes would be hard to rectify, perhaps could
-never be rectified, where a man was already nearer thirty than twenty.
-He decided not to make that next call.
-
-
-
-
-BOOK -- PINE
-
-
-
-CHAPTER I--A Decision to Fight
-
-The little city of Wauchung straggled over and between and almost
-burrowed under a chain of sand-hills--shining yellow hills with tops
-entirely bald save for a spear of rank grass here and there or a dwarfed
-pine. Outside the mouth of the river was Lake Michigan; behind the
-little city were the pine forests of the Lower Peninsula. And the one
-interesting object of this whole region was a man--for houses and shops
-were commonplace, streets were ill-paved, the railroad was wanting in
-energy and capital, the inhabitants were mostly leveled down to the
-colourless monotony of the sand-hills--a man named Martin L. Higginson.
-
-
-[Illustration: 0018]
-
-There was one imposing building of granite and red bricks on the
-business street--a glance showed the name of Higginson over the
-entrance. Two large mills stood by the river, surrounded by piles of
-lumber on the land, fronted by rafts of logs in the water, sending out
-their droning hum all day long (and frequently all night long); inside,
-men were bustling and pushing in the effort to keep up with the drive
-of work outside, the long runways were active with men and with moving
-lumber--and on each of the mills was the name Higginson. Two steamers
-lay at the Higginson wharves--lake carriers, both, of the Higginson
-line. A logging railroad ran back some twenty miles into the forest; it
-ran over Higginson land to Higginson land, to bring what logs the little
-river could not bring--for the Higginson property extended far to north,
-south and eastward. There was, in fact, one rich man in the little
-city--one man who had done what he could to keep the railroad busy, to
-keep the harbour dredged, to keep the streets in better condition,
-to make Wauchung a real city, awake, energetic, proud--one man who
-represented Wauchung to the outside world: Mr. Higginson.
-
-An elderly gentleman he was, a man who had passed the fighting age, who
-would have stopped to rest any time these last six or eight years if the
-business had permitted it; but it had stood until recently that the
-one man in Wauchung who did not take his vacation every year was
-Mr. Higginson. As it often falls out, however, one of his severest
-misfortunes had brought its blessing. For five years and more he had
-looked for a man, for the man, whom he could trust to take up the
-burden that was beginning to weigh so heavily; and for five years he
-had failed. He liked young Crosman, the head clerk in the office; but
-Crosman, though welcome enough at the house as Mamie Higginson's regular
-caller, hardly showed administrative qualities--his limitations were
-marked. And so the search had gone on: he had tried them, young “men
-and middle-aged men”--and he had found that all of them wanted money,
-and none of them wanted work. And what he had to offer was work, little
-else--hard work, work for head and hands, much thinking of the business,
-little thinking of self: the spirit that would live for the business,
-that would take its pride in the quality of the Higginson work, that
-would strive, as he had striven, to make the name of Higginson a synonym
-for honest work, work done on time, work done a little better than the
-contract demanded. Where could he find a man like this?
-
-And then, after five years, through a shipwreck of all occurrences, he
-had found him. He knew him at once, as he had thought he should. Looking
-down from the heights of character and accomplishments, on a world
-of little persons, foolish persons, earnest, weak persons, dishonest
-persons, pompous, empty persons--all the sorts that go to make up a
-man's world, and nearly all that he is likely to see, unfortunately,
-from the heights--looking out and down and all about, he had seen a
-young man's head and shoulders climbing up above the rabble. The young
-man had not yet climbed very high; but he was climbing, and that
-was enough. So Mr. Higginson had come to think more lightly of the
-rheumatism, the failing eyes, the many signs of age that had been
-brought sharply to his notice by that shock and exposure on the west
-coast.
-
-At the time of this chapter, Mr. Higginson and Halloran were seated in
-the office--Halloran before his desk, Mr. Higginson beside it--looking
-at a typewritten letter or statement. Twenty-four hours earlier Mr.
-William H. Babcock, of G. Hyde Bigelow & Company, had taken the train
-for Chicago, leaving this document behind him; and now the time had come
-to answer it.
-
-This was the culmination of a long series of letters and interviews. The
-beginning had been when this same Mr. Babcock had endeavoured to buy
-the Wauchung mills in the interest of Mr. Bigelow. It seemed that
-Mr. Bigelow was about to enter the lumber business. His genius for
-combination, for exploitation, was to be given a new direction. Kentucky
-Coal, New Freighters, Northwest Chicago, all his various interests were
-prospering, thanks to the name of Bigelow, and now the lumber business
-was to be vitalized, to be vivified. Just how it was to be done, or what
-was to be done, was not known; that secret was kept close in the Bigelow
-office. Each newspaper published its own version, to be believed or
-disbelieved at the discretion of the reader. All Mr. Higginson knew was
-that the Bigelow firm could never buy him out, that he had not spent
-his years in building up a business for the benefit of Mr. Bigelow.
-The business was his life, and he meant to keep it for himself and his
-family and his legitimate successors. So the first refusal had been a
-simple matter--a plain, emphatic no had sufficed.
-
-Then for a time there had been silence; until one day Halloran learned
-that the Pewaukoe Lumber Company, twenty-odd miles up the shore, had
-succumbed to the blandishments of the low-voiced Mr. Babcock, and had
-sold out mills, standing timber and all. It had not been a prosperous
-company, thanks to the shiftless management of the children of the
-original owner; but there was no reason why it should not do well in
-good hands. There was no question now that, whatever he meant to do
-next, Mr. Bigelow had a footing in the lumber trade, and Halloran had
-been watching him closely.
-
-The document on the desk was a statement of the “understanding”
- or secret agreement that was henceforth to be law among the lumber
-producers of Lake Michigan. It had been presented and accompanied with
-much confidential talk from Mr. Babcock--all tending to show that the
-lumbermen, with the sole exception of Mr. Higginson, were already united
-to forward this agreement, that the business would be organized as never
-before, that great economies would be brought about in the carrying side
-of the trade, that the strain of competition' would be avoided, that
-prices would be maintained at a somewhat higher figure (a main point,
-this) under penalty of fines, that--much more low talk and friendly
-disinterested confidences. For their interests were identical, said
-Mr. Babcock; and there was room for them all. Efficiency was the
-keyword--efficiency, productiveness, economy, identity of interests,
-good prices. And lastly there had been friendly, almost deferential
-intimations that G. Hyde Bigelow & Company held the key to the
-situation, that the combination was already a fact, and that a firm
-which might decide to stay out must take the consequences.
-
-Simplified, the whole matter came to this: Within the combination,
-prosperity in plenty, but always subject to the guiding judgment of
-G. Hyde Bigelow, hence a certain loss of identity and of control to
-self-respecting heads of companies; without the combination, a fight to
-a finish against the combined power and momentum of Bigelow & Company
-and the “Lumber Trust.” Just how great was this momentum no one exactly
-knew: but Bigelow was a magic name, no doubt of it.
-
-“You have gone over it, have you, Mr. Halloran?” said Mr. Higginson.
-
-His voice was disturbed and his expression showed worry and trouble. For
-a year Mr. Higginson had been changing, very slightly but none the less
-perceptibly to one as close to him, day after day, as Halloran was.
-Until he had assured himself that his assistant was able to take up
-the burden, he had kept up; but after that moment he had seemed, in a
-measure, to let go. On routine matters he was as strong as ever, but
-his mind refused to work automatically through new problems; there were
-sometimes gaps in his reasoning that he found it difficult to bridge
-over, and this worried him. So it had come about that a tacit agreement
-existed between the older man and the younger, that in questions where
-vigour was needed, of body or mind, the younger man should take the
-lead; and Mr. Higginson mildly deceived himself by giving more attention
-than formerly to routine matters and trivial details. It was Halloran,
-therefore, who had spent the better part of a night thinking out this
-question, whether to yield or fight. And it was Mr. Higginson, naturally
-enough, who had put the question:
-
-“You have gone over it, have you, Mr. Halloran?”
-
-“Yes. The Bigelow part of it is what I like least. I am not sure that he
-is just the man you would want to stand responsible for this business,
-and therefore he certainly is not the man to take charge of all the
-companies together--and that is pretty nearly what this paper means.”
-
-“Why do you think that?”
-
-“Well, he isn't solid. He's been lucky, and just now he's on the top of
-the wave. But his interests and investments are spread out so wide that
-a run of bad luck might upset him. I don't know that it would, but it
-might. And then I have seen a little of him.”
-
-“You know him personally?”
-
-“Yes. I cut his grass for two summers in Evanston, and did odd jobs for
-him.”
-
-Mr. Higginson pondered, and Halloran went on: “On the other hand, his
-resources are large, and if we decide to stand out it may mean a long,
-hard fight. It might be harder than we think.”
-
-Mr. Higginson was still thinking hard, forcing his mind to take up one
-phase of the question after another; and the worried expression, so
-frequently on his face nowadays, was more noticeable than ever. Finally
-he said:
-
-“Then you are in favour of declining to join the combination?”
-
-This was the direct question that Halloran had partly foreseen. He
-hesitated, marking at random with a pencil while his thoughts came fast.
-At this moment he saw more clearly than he had seen at any time during
-the night what a refusal would mean. Wealthy as Mr. Higginson was, his
-wealth lay in the lumber lands, the logging railroad, in the mills and
-the steamers, and in Wauchung property; to a certain extent the whole
-town of Wauchung had grown up around Mr. Higginson and was directly or
-indirectly dependent upon him; and all these interests, hanging as they
-did on the lumber business, must suffer when this business was attacked.
-But he caught himself--if he ran on into this way of thinking he was
-lost.
-
-“Yes,” he replied; “I think we had better decline.”
-
-Mr. Higginson arose.
-
-“I will leave the letter to you,” he said; and then went out with a face
-that seemed to express downright-dread. Honest old gentleman, he had
-thought to take a rest; and instead he found himself facing the hardest
-fight of his career.
-
-Halloran took up his pen and made the attitude of Higginson & Company
-plain in three lines.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER II--Under Way
-
-In the parlour of the Higginson home, one evening shortly after the
-incident of the last chapter, sat Mrs. Higginson and her daughter,
-with expressions hardly significant of an intense joy in life. In the
-library, talking earnestly behind closed doors, were Mr. Higginson and
-Halloran.
-
-“Well, Mr. Halloran, what is it?” had begun the head of the firm.
-
-“The fight is on. I got the first word of it to-day.”
-
-Mr. Higginson bowed slightly and waited.
-
-“Bigelow has cut the price down below cost.”
-
-It took a moment for the older man to grasp the meaning of this.
-
-“Below cost?” he repeated.
-
-“Yes; it's going to be a question of endurance.”
-
-“But we have some large orders on hand. They will keep us busy for
-awhile. How does the Carroll & Condit lumber stand?”
-
-“It's about half cut out.”
-
-“You can go ahead with it, then, for this week. And after that the
-Michigan City contract will keep us busy for awhile.”
-
-“The Carroll & Condit business is what brought me here to-night. Here
-is a letter from them.” Halloran laid it on the table. “They offer us a
-chance to meet the new price before they place their order elsewhere.”
-
-Gradually the meaning of Halloran's words had been sinking into Mr.
-Higginson's mind; the relations of cause and effect had been clearing
-before him. He looked the letter over silently, twice, three times.
-
-“I--I can hardly believe this------” He saw that this was useless talk
-and he stopped. It had been a verbal order from Carroll, a man whom he
-had reason to hold as the soul of honour; the price had been stated
-and agreed to, precisely as for twenty years back; everything had been
-satisfactory. Good Mr. Higginson had been the victim of a delusion.
-After half a century of struggle he had allowed himself to believe that
-the fight was about over, that his personal achievement meant something;
-that he could stand securely on the heights. He had forgotten that
-Business is Business, that Time is Money and Money Talks; he had
-forgotten that the glorious old world was spinning along, as heedless
-as ever, after the ever-receding glitter, and that there could be no
-stopping until the last great stop should be reached.
-
-“From what I can gather,” said Halloran, “they mean to fight us all
-along the line. The Michigan City contract, I think, is good. We have
-it down in black and white, and we can make the delivery in our own
-steamers; but we should have to use the railroads for most of our other
-orders, and I'm afraid we can't do it.” He disliked this hammering one
-trouble after another into the old gentleman's aching head, but it
-had to be done. “I'm quite sure that Bigelow has influence with the
-railroads, and of course he will use it.”
-
-Mr. Higginson was thinking--thinking.
-
-“How much--” he was still thinking, desperately raking his facts
-together and facing what seemed like chaos--“how much is this going to
-cost us, Mr. Halloran?”
-
-Halloran shook his head.
-
-“It's too early to tell. He must show his hand before we can plan our
-game. He's beginning now, and before he gets through, by ------, we'll
-smash him. We'll make him feel like a whipped coach-dog every time he
-passes a lumber pile.” Halloran was getting so excited he had to get
-up and pace the carpet. “I know the man; I know his meanness and his
-vanity. I've worked for him, and I've seen him off his guard, and I know
-his insolence. Before we get through with him he'll wish he had gone
-into a bucket-shop, where he belongs, and stayed there, the damned old
-bloated frog of a tin-horn gambler. Let him wreck his Kentucky Coal and
-his New Freighters all he pleases, but he'll get a bellyful if he tries
-to wreck the lumber business.”
-
-He stopped short, looked around at the dark, olive-tinted walls, at the
-stately row of books in their morocco and calf and yellow and red and
-gold; looked at the rich carpet and the restful chairs and at the soft
-light of the polished student-lamp; looked last at Mr. Higginson--and
-felt a cold sweat breaking out all over his body. What had he said?
-
-Somewhere in Halloran's make-up, deep-hidden beneath the laborious years
-of work and study, lay a well, a spouting, roaring geyser of profanity.
-It had come into the world with him; it had been richly fed during his
-rough, knockabout boyhood; and now, in spite of the weights he had put
-on it, a year or two of Michigan lumbermen had been enough to prime it.
-
-Mr. Higginson was still thinking--thinking. The facts were before him
-now; at last he had penetrated to them and brought them together. And
-he was facing them--meeting them squarely without flinching. Quietly he
-sat, one elbow on the green-topped table, his hand shading his eyes;
-and the lamplight fell gently on his head. He was facing the question
-of himself, of his ability to conduct his own business; and another
-question, granting that he was unable, whether he could, in his best
-judgment, place everything he had in the world--his business, his
-family, himself--in the hands of this man and bid him Godspeed in his
-work. So he sat thinking--thinking; and Halloran, a little abashed, but
-angry still, dropped into a chair and waited. At last the old gentleman
-spoke--in a low, changed voice. “Mr. Halloran, I have not been well
-lately; and I think it best--to tell you that--for the present the
-business is in your hands. I will stay here and advise with you, but--I
-do not wish you to feel hampered by my presence in carrying on this
-fight. I am laying a heavy responsibility on you--but I think--I trust
-you will be equal to it.”
-
-Mr. Higginson's part of the fight was over; and he had won.
-
-Mrs. Higginson was playing clock at the centre-table. She was a wiry
-little woman, capable of great exertion and showing remarkable endurance
-when set on some purpose, such as a shopping trip to Chicago; but
-suffering at other times from languor, and low spirits, and in constant
-need of medical attendance.
-
-She had never been able to understand why “Mr. H.” should insist on
-burying himself in the lumber business, when he was plenty rich enough
-to sell out and take her and her daughter forth from the slumberous
-quiet of Wauchung into the stir of the world. Such stupidity, such
-meanness of ideals (to pass over the injustice to herself--_she_ was
-nothing; _she_ didn't count) was out of her ken. And in the second
-place, her heart had been set for three seasons on a trip to Hot
-Springs; and even if Mr. H.'s plainness of character were to hold his
-interests in Wauchung in spite of her known desires, he certainly owed
-it to her to give her an outing for a few months. She had borne a great
-deal for him--but never mind. Doctor Brown would sympathize with her,
-anyway--would bring her medicine every day if she were but so much as to
-drop a hint.
-
-Mamie had been trying to read a novel; but being herself the meek
-centre of a tremendous little drama, she found it difficult to focus her
-attention.
-
-“Ma,” she said, after a time, “don't you think pa looks a little run
-down?” This was a euphemism; there was no question that Mr. Higginson
-was looking very bad indeed.
-
-“A little, perhaps,” replied her mother. At that moment, the
-three-o'clock pile being prematurely completed, she gave up “Clock” in
-disgust and shuffled her cards for the thirteen game.
-
-Presently she said, “My head has ached hard all day.”
-
-This was encouraging. Mamie took up her book again; but not for long.
-
-“Do you suppose he is worrying about the business, ma? He and Mr.
-Halloran are working almost every night now.”
-
-“I suppose so,” Mrs. Higginson replied. “It would have been better for
-him if he had taken my advice five years ago and retired. Your father
-has no time to think of us, my dear.”
-
-Mamie felt some injustice in this and would have dropped the subject had
-not her mother, roused to it, pushed on.
-
-“He says himself that Mr. Halloran has shown himself able to run the
-business, and yet he will not go away even for a week. I think if we
-could only get him off for a short time he would want to stay, once he
-had made up his mind to it.” At this moment the library door opened
-and the two men could be heard in the hall. Mrs. Higginson's face
-brightened. “Play something for me, my dear,” she said.
-
-“Oh, no, ma. They are just coming in here.”
-
-“Who? Are they? Play the march Mr. Halloran likes so much.”
-
-Mamie went obediently to the piano and was crashing out the opening
-chords when the two men reached the parlour door. Mrs. Higginson
-rose and extended her hand with a bright smile. Mamie showed signs of
-stopping, but Halloran nodded to her to go on, and dropped into a chair.
-Mrs. Higginson came over and sat down by him, leaving her cards in
-disorder on the table.
-
-“I had just asked Mamie to play for me before you came in,” she said,
-pitching her voice somewhat above the noise of the march. “I always like
-to hear her play when I have one of my headaches. It seems to make me
-forget myself for a little while. And I really think she plays very
-well.”
-
-Yes; Halloran thought so, too.
-
-“I am not one of your cultivated musicians, but I know what I like. And
-that is all anybody can know, I guess. Only most people aren't honest
-enough to say so. I have had a severe headache all day. It was in the
-back of my head, just where I had one last Thursday; and if I hadn't
-happened to have some of the pills left over that Doctor Brown brought
-for me the last time, I don't know what I should have done. One does
-hate so to give up. I have always said to my husband: 'No, Mr. H., I
-will _not_ give up; I will _not_ go to bed and acknowledge myself an
-invalid. Thank goodness I have pride enough left for that.'” Here
-the doorbell claimed her attention for a moment. “Well, here is Harry
-Crosman. He is such a good boy, we are all so fond of him. And then for
-a long time”--very confidentially, this--“he was really almost the only
-company there was for Mamie, and we were glad to have him drop around
-on her account. The people in Wauchung are so--so--well, I'm sure you
-understand. It was pleasant for the dear girl. I don't suppose he is
-ever going to astonish the world, but we are always glad to see him.
-Good-evening, Harry.”
-
-At this greeting the newcomer took a chair, and found himself just in
-time to hear Mrs. Higgin-son, keyed up to extra exertions by the music
-and the company, bring all her artillery to bear on her husband.
-
-“Now, Mr. Halloran, I'm just going to appeal to you if Mr. H. isn't
-working too hard. Don't _you_ think it is time he took a little
-vacation------”
-
-She stopped short, for the long-suffering Mr. H. had turned on her with
-downright impatience.
-
-“Don't let me hear any more of that talk,” he said sharply; then, almost
-before the last word was out of his mouth, he abruptly excused himself
-and left the room.
-
-He left silence behind him, and some little consternation; and Halloran,
-seeing on Mrs. Higgin-son's face the signs of a storm, excused himself,
-too, leaving Crosman to weather it as best he might.
-
-
-
-CHAPTER III--Tightening the Blockade
-
-Mr. Babcock had come in early this morning, depositing a small
-traveling-bag behind the door of his office, and then looking at his
-watch to see if Mr. Bigelow were not about due. Somewhat travel-stained
-was Mr. Babcock, as a glance at the mirror told him; and there was time
-to wash and change his linen before his senior should arrive.
-
-Shortly entered Mr. Bigelow, pausing within the threshold.
-
-“Good-morning, Mr. Babcock. Did you find Michigan City still on the
-map?”
-
-Mr. Babcock, giving a last flick at his coat-collar before the
-mirror, turned, listened, and laughed at his senior's little jest. The
-stenographer, sitting in her corner by the window, smiled and giggled.
-Young men at desks in the outer office snickered and chuckled over their
-books. The round-eyed office-boy tee-heed outright, and then, covered
-with fright and confusion, disappeared behind the water-cooler as the
-head of the firm passed on to the inner office.
-
-The arrival of Mr. Babcock with a traveling-bag was, it seemed, to be
-considered important; more important even than the heap of letters that
-lay ready opened on the mahogany desk. For now Mr. Babcock had been
-summoned, the stenographer had been dismissed to some work in the outer
-office, and Mr. Bigelow, closely attentive, and Mr. Babcock, with much
-to communicate in that low voice of his, were settling down to consider
-a problem.
-
-“The price appealed to them,” Mr. Babcock was saying, “but they are
-afraid of Higginson. They admit it. Higginson, they say, has their
-written order to cut out the timber at the old price. Higginson, on his
-part, has agreed to deliver the entire bill, two hundred thousand
-feet or more, at the wharf at Michigan City, by the fourteenth of this
-month.”
-
-Mr. Bigelow's eyes strayed to his desk calendar.
-
-“Yes,” went on Mr. Babcock, “to-day's the eleventh. That gives us three
-days to stop it in.”
-
-At this point there was an interruption. As had happened once before
-when these two gentlemen were talking, the door opened and the small
-office-boy appeared, catching his breath hurriedly before getting out
-the words:
-
-“Lady t' see y'u, sir.”
-
-A decisive utterance was hanging on Mr. Bigelow's lips; a hand was
-raised to make it more emphatic, but the lips closed and the hand fell.
-
-“You will excuse me, Mr. Babcock?”
-
-“Certainly.”
-
-“I shall be engaged only a moment.”
-
-The discreet Mr. Babcock withdrew, and the head of the firm, with a
-glance at the heap of letters still untouched, turned, without rising,
-toward the door. There was a curious expression on his face, the
-expression of a man who feels himself at last in a position to cut
-knots, who knows that he commands the situation. A person who might
-choose to break in on such a weighty conference this morning need not
-be surprised at summary treatment. And as the woman entered and softly
-closed the door he leaned a little forward and drew his brows together,
-his whole appearance saying plainly: “My time is short, madam. Speak to
-the point.”
-
-The woman faltered and waited for his question. He said not a word. She
-started to speak, but seemed unable to break through this heavy silence.
-He waited, his brows coming down more and more. And at last, when the
-words did pass her lips, they were not at all what she had meant to say.
-
-“I have tried not to come to you again. God knows how it hurts me. But I
-had to come. I was turned out of the New York Store ten days ago,
-without warning.”
-
-Once started, she was finding it a little easier to go on; but Mr.
-Bigelow, carrying the weight of millions on his shoulders, dealing
-hourly with questions of importance, greater or less, to the whole
-commercial world, had no time now--kind as he may have been in the more
-leisurely past--to waste on trivial matters. He had given the woman
-a chance; was he to blame for her failure? Did “not potential success
-exist within every human being? Was any man to blame for the shipwreck
-of another?
-
-“I know nothing about that,” he cut in shortly and finally. “There is no
-use in bringing your story here.”
-
-She quailed before him. “But I have a right--the law----”
-
-“The law is yours to use. If you think it will help you, use it.” He
-rose, opened the door, and bowed her out. And she, baffled, humiliated,
-at the end of her resources, went out without a word, crossed the hall
-as steadily as any young stenographer, stepped into the elevator with
-a composed face, and out into the street--and all this while there was
-nothing to mark her out from a thousand other ill-dressed women; nothing
-to show that her hopes were gone; simply a plain woman on La Salle
-Street, quietly walking--where? Where could she walk now? Were there
-still depths to sound, or had she reached the bottom?
-
-“Mr. Babcock!”
-
-The junior partner came out from his own private office at the sound of
-his senior's voice.
-
-“You were saying,” said Mr. Bigelow, taking up the thread where they
-had laid it down, “that Higginson & Company have agreed to deliver the
-timber by the fourteenth. Now, of course, a blockade, to be effective,
-must be complete.” This was self-evident to Mr. Babcock.
-
-“And so long as these people are free to deliver lumber the blockade is
-not complete. What is your plan regarding this?”
-
-“The Michigan City people, as I said, are afraid of Higginson. But they
-will accept our price the minute we can show them that they're safe
-in doing it. They received a letter from Higginson's manager yesterday
-stating that the Higginson steamer, with the timber, will reach Michigan
-City on the night of the thirteenth or the morning of the
-fourteenth. That means that it will be ready for loading on the
-twelfth--to-morrow--and that the steamer will start the morning of the
-thirteenth. Now, it's not hard to imagine a delay that would keep the
-Higginson manager from getting the boat off in time. And if he fails to
-deliver, we are promised the order.”
-
-“How do you mean to do this?”
-
-Mr. Babcock glanced around in that cautious way of' his, leaned
-forward, and buzzed along rapidly for a few moments, his eyes keen with
-eagerness. The senior partner listened closely and slowly nodded, to
-show that he understood. Even Mr. Bigelow, as we have seen, was not
-wholly free from annoyance. Head of the Lumber Trust was Mr. Bigelow,
-but not, unfortunately, sole owner of the Lumber Trust. Fighting is
-expensive; and voting heads of constituent companies are sometimes
-unreasonable about expenses. Mr. Bigelow was skilful and resourceful; he
-knew well how to paint rainbows that should dazzle even the hard-headed,
-hard-fisted old lumbermen of Michigan; he understood how to make it
-plain that money spent in defeating Higginson would come back threefold
-when the defeat was over, and the price up where it should be, and the
-“economies” of the trust in working order; he was shrewd, and he knew
-that the sooner Higginson could be run out of business the better it
-would be for him (to say nothing of the trust and its directors). And so
-it was indeed important that the blockade should be made effective. The
-railroads were practically closed to Higginson now, his customers were
-to be had for the buying, but the steamers of the Higginson line were
-still afloat and ready to deliver Higginson lumber at contract prices.
-The Michigan City contract was not a matter of money; there was a
-principle at stake. Higginson _must not_ deliver that lumber on the
-fourteenth!
-
-“Very good,” he said, nodding again. “Have you the right man for this
-work?”
-
-Buzz--buzz--from Mr. Babcock. More words from Mr. Bigelow.
-
-“You will have to move quickly.”
-
-“Yes, I am off now,” and the junior partner headed for the
-traveling-bag, feeling in his pocket for a time-table.
-
-
-
-CHAPTER IV--Mr. Babcock Breakfasts Late
-
-The thirteenth was a storm-centre at Wauchung. At six in the morning,
-while Mr. William H. Babcock was sleeping peacefully in a Grand Rapids
-hotel, dreaming sweet dreams and smiling childlike smiles, conscious
-even in slumberland that his work was accomplished; while the Martin L.
-Higginson No. 1 was lying at the Higginson wharves with two hundred and
-fifteen thousand feet of lumber aboard, Halloran was up and tumbling
-into his clothes. Captain Craig, master of the Higginson No. 1, was
-sitting grimly on the corner of the bed.
-
-“Do you know the man?” Halloran was asking.
-
-“No.”
-
-“Did he say whom he was acting for?”
-
-The Captain shook his head.
-
-At seven o'clock the No. 1. should be leaving the harbour; but here was
-her master sitting on Halloran's bed, his seamed old face set hard with
-the thoughts that were boiling behind it. Down by the mills, where the
-first early risers were lounging in, where the lumber piles stretching
-far along the wharves were glistening yellow under the light of the new
-sun, all was quiet even to the steamer, whose stoke-room was cold, whose
-boilers were giving out no sounds of preparation for the twelve-hour
-journey. Over at Grand Rapids Mr. Babcock was still sleeping the sleep
-of the just, dreaming once more that his man had come in by a late train
-to report that all was well at Wauchung. And still Halloran was jerking
-himself into his clothes, pulling on his old purple sweater rather than
-waste time over collar and tie.
-
-“All right,” he said; “I'm ready.” Then he paused. The next move was not
-to be settled offhand. “You went around to Billy's house, Captain?”
-
-“Yes; I've just come from there. The way that fellow talked bothered
-me so last night that I couldn't sleep much. I got to thinking it over
-after I'd gone to bed, and it struck me that if he wanted to cripple the
-line he'd hardly stop at me. He'd go for Billy sure, for a good engineer
-isn't an easy man to replace. And they tell me Billy hasn't been seen at
-his boarding-house since noon yesterday.”
-
-Very true, Captain Craig! A good suggestion just now when Halloran is
-still shaking the sleep from his eyes and trying to get these amazing
-facts in hand, and to relate them with certain suspicions that rose at
-the first word. It will probably occur to Halloran, when once he shall
-get facts, suspicions and all firmly gripped in his mind, that heads of
-trusts do not fight haphazard; that if certain deliveries of timber are
-to be prevented heads of trusts are not accustomed to move in vain.
-It is Mr. Bigelow's habit to arrive at results: no getting off at
-way-stations for G. Hyde Bigelow; and obstinate persons who venture on
-open warfare with the Great must shake the sleep out very early in the
-morning if they hope to reach even a way-station along the Bigelow line.
-Steamers cannot be run without engineers: engineers cannot be had
-for the whistling in far-away Michigan ports with but forty hours of
-grace--forty valuable hours not a whit longer than other everyday hours;
-even shorter--hours that were diminishing, were growing more valuable,
-would soon be precious.
-
-“How much did this man offer you?” Halloran asked.
-
-“Five hundred a year more salary and a bonus of five hundred extra, cash
-down.”
-
-“Did he show the money?”
-
-“He had a big roll.”
-
-“Meant business, didn't he?” said Halloran dryly. “First thing we do,
-we'd better go down and see if we have anybody left. Then we can talk
-better.”
-
-So they went down to the wharves, where they found a few wandering
-deckhands by the silent steamer. Evidently deckhands were not important
-to trusts.
-
-“I guess Billy took the bait,” Halloran observed. “He is never as late
-as this, is he?”
-
-The Captain shook his head.
-
-“Well, there is only one thing to do next, Captain. We've got to get her
-down to Michigan City before to-morrow night whether the Trust likes it
-or not. Do you suppose they've gobbled up the tug men, too?”
-
-It was not a hard fact to discover, for there were only two tugs in the
-harbour; and sure enough, when, twenty minutes later, the manager for
-Higginson & Company and the Captain of the No. 1 met again on the wharf,
-they were both beginning to understand how clean a sweep the Trust
-people had made of it. The Captain was growing angrier every minute,
-and so was Halloran. The rascality of it was what aroused the Captain.
-Waters and winds he could understand, but the ways of men were beyond
-him. Two days before, in Chicago, Mr. G. Hyde Bigelow had announced that
-Higginson & Company must not make the delivery at Michigan City; and
-this resulting moment, with Halloran sitting on the iron cap of a
-snubbing-post and the Captain standing silent before him, was a very
-dark moment for the Wauchung interests.
-
-“The damned old rascal,” said Halloran, reflectively.
-
-Craig's dull eye suddenly flashed.
-
-“I ought to have foreseen it,” he burst out. “It's the kind of thing to
-expect from that Bigelow.”
-
-“Yes,” replied Halloran; “that's what I've been saying to myself. This
-is a pretty fair sample of Bigelow's methods.” He was chagrined to think
-that it could be done so easily. He had thought of anything, everything,
-but this.
-
-“I'd like to set Bigelow's head on that pile of two-by-fours,” Halloran
-went on, “and have about three shots at him. I don't believe he'd know
-himself the next time he looked in the glass.”
-
-The Captain glanced at him mistrustfully. He liked this manager, but
-this was not the time for jokes.
-
-“Did you ever see him?” asked Halloran, swinging a leg on each side
-of the snubbing-post and letting a twinkle come into his eyes as his
-thoughts seemed to run on Bigelow.
-
-The Captain sighed an impatient negative.
-
-“He's a big, vain man. You ought to see him come into church Sunday
-mornings and swell down the aisle, with his wife and children trotting
-after him. He's proud of being thought the big financial man in the
-church; and whenever they'll let him he gets up after the sermon and
-makes a speech about the church debts. Great temperance man, too--likes
-to preside at prohibition meetings and plead for the sanctity of the
-home.”
-
-Captain Craig was scowling. Every moment the situation was growing
-more serious; and here was the manager of the company, sitting on a
-snubbing-post and swinging his legs. Men were needed now, thought the
-Captain angrily--grown men, not children.
-
-“One spring house-cleaning time--I generally put in the early mornings
-and evenings there--G. Hyde called me in--I was putting down the hall
-rugs just then--he called me in to light the gas. I had a match ready to
-strike and he reached over and took it away from me and put it back in
-the box. 'Young man,' he said--he never liked to remember my name--'do
-you know how I rose from nothing to be the owner of this property?' Then
-he picked up a burnt match, held it down to the grate, and lighted the
-gas with that.” Hal-loran smiled a far-away smile. “Aren't some of his
-steamers up at Pewaukoe now?”
-
-The question was asked in the same careless voice, and it took the
-Captain a moment to realize that the subject had been changed. Then he
-answered with a puzzled expression:
-
-“Yes; the G. H. Bigelow should have come in there two or three days ago.
-The other boats are at Chicago or up on Lake Superior.”
-
-“Big boat, isn't it?”
-
-“Yes.”
-
-“Got a good crew for her?”
-
-The Captain, all at sea, could think of nothing but an affirmative to
-this.
-
-“What's the Captain's name?”
-
-“Carpenter.”
-
-“Who's the engineer?”
-
-“Robbie MacGregor.”
-
-“Good man?”
-
-“Robbie? Certainly. None better.”
-
-Halloran slid down off the post and looked at his watch.
-
-“Old G. Hyde is getting up just about now. He's a great hand at early
-rising--preaches a good deal about it--likes to say that if he hadn't
-been brought up on a good old gentleman known as B. Franklin he'd never
-be where he is now. Well, maybe he wouldn't.”
-
-The Captain's temper was hanging on the edge of an explosion, but
-Halloran went on.
-
-“There's nothing to be done here now. Try to keep everything ready--if
-you can pick up a man to fire up, I should--and we'll probably get off
-this afternoon sometime.” And he strolled off, leaving the Captain to
-stare after him and give vent to the first rumblings of a storm.
-
-Halloran, in his old clothes and faded purple sweater and college
-cap, was headed for the railroad station. At the station he took the
-Pewaukoe train; at Pewaukoe he walked down to the mills, fairly
-certain that none of Bigelow's men there would recognize him. The _G. H.
-Bigelow_ lay at the wharf, as Craig had said. She was taking on a cargo.
-
-The mills were on the low ground by the river. From the road he could
-overlook them and the great piles of lumber that crowded close to the
-water's edge for hundreds of yards up and down stream, and he leaned on
-the fence to take it in. As far up as he could see the river was blocked
-with logs. The mills were singing and buzzing and humming--it was plain
-that the Bigelow vitalizing process had begun, and that all hands
-were being crowded on the work in order to sell lumber at a loss to
-Higginson's customers. He thought he would walk down through the yards
-toward the steamer.
-
-As the unknown man, wearing a purple sweater and somewhat in need of
-a shave, walked past the shore end of the nearer mill, the eyes of the
-Superintendent fell upon him. A moment later the two met.
-
-“How are you?” said the Superintendent, suspicious but civil.
-
-“First rate. How are you?”
-
-“Want to see any one?”
-
-“No; just looking around.”
-
-“Where were you going?” asked the Superintendent, trying to veil his
-suspicions.
-
-“Nowhere especially. I didn't suppose they'd be any objection if I
-watched 'em loading the steamer.”
-
-“No--certainly not.” This reluctantly.
-
-“Got a great lot of lumber here, haven't you?” Halloran was looking, as
-he spoke, at a long pile that extended to a point within fifty feet of
-the mill.
-
-“Yes; working nights right along--with all the men I can get. That
-pile doesn't stay here; but we're so crowded I had to leave it over
-night--just until I get the Bigelow loaded up. I'm going to put on a
-big force this afternoon and carry it all down to the wharf. Some days
-lately we've been so crowded I really haven't known how I was going to
-get things done.”
-
-Slowly it was dawning on Halloran that he was suspected of being--not
-the manager for Higgin-son & Company--but a lynx-eyed insurance
-inspector, out running down violations of the clear-space clause.
-This wouldn't do. It was not on his books to be drawn into an extended
-conversation with Bigelow's superintendent. He would have to fall back
-on lying if this were to keep up much longer.
-
-“Say,” he observed, “what was that fellow doing down in the water,
-hopping around on the logs with a long pole?”
-
-The Superintendent was beginning to lose interest.
-
-“He picks out logs of the right sizes.”
-
-“You don't mean to say he can tell just by looking at a log in the water
-what size it will cut to?” A curt nod was the only reply.
-
-“Isn't it remarkable how a man can get trained to things? Now if I were
-to try a thing like that------”
-
-But the Superintendent had fled.
-
-Halloran walked slowly on to the wharf, and stood watching the gangs
-that were carrying the heavy sticks over the rail of the steamer. Two
-steam hoists were clanking and rattling as the booms swung back and
-forth. Bosses were shouting and swearing--everywhere was confusion, but
-confusion that moved steadily onward toward the loading of the steamer.
-Halloran dodged around the labourers and walked along the wharf until
-he was opposite the engine-room door. Within was a fat man in overalls
-tinkering over the machinery. Halloran climbed up to the deck and stood
-in the doorway.
-
-“How are you?” he observed. “Nice day!” The engineer nodded.
-
-“You must be Mr. MacGregor, aren't you?”
-
-“That's my name.”
-
-“Mine is Halloran.”
-
-MacGregor looked up, surprised.
-
-“Yes, I am with Higginson & Company.”
-
-MacGregor did not know what to make of this. Halloran, however, went
-right on.
-
-“How do you like working for Bigelow?” And without leaving time to
-reply, he added: “Mean old humbug, ain't he?”
-
-“What do you know about Bigelow?”
-
-“Used to work for him myself. I had all I wanted of him. He isn't
-square. That's what brings me here. We need a good engineer, and Captain
-Craig tells me you are the best on the lakes. Is that so?”
-
-MacGregor's mind had not caught up yet; and Halloran continued:
-
-“I want to take you back to Wauchung with me. We will raise your salary
-five hundred dollars, and engage you for as long a time as you think
-right! You know Higginson & Company--and you know we keep our promises.
-Then you can tell Bigelow to go to hell if you want to. I know how
-Bigelow's men feel.” He looked at his watch. “We can get the 9:53 train
-down.”
-
-“You don't mean to go this morning?” said MacGregor.
-
-“Yes; right off. You surely have an assistant you can leave in charge of
-the engine.”
-
-The fat man backed up against the opposite door and looked at Halloran.
-
-“See here,” he said, “what does this mean?”
-
-“Mean?”--Halloran's anger, that had been rising since six o'clock, began
-to boil over--“Mean? It means that Bigelow has come into the lumber
-business with the idea of running Higginson out. And if you know
-anything about Martin L. Higginson you know that old Bigelow has bitten
-off the biggest hunk he ever tried to get his mouth around. It means
-that G. Hyde Bigelow's going to get such a hob-nailed roost in the
-breeches that he'll be lucky to come down at all. He's going to have the
-whole damned zodiac buzzing around in his head before he gets through
-with Higginson--that's what it means! I've come up here this morning to
-tell you that we want an engineer, and that you're the man we want. And
-we want you to go on the 9:53 train--that's about forty minutes now.”
-
-[Illustration: 0103]
-
-MacGregor was thinking hard. He knew a little about Bigelow and a good
-deal more about Higginson. He liked the phrase, too--what was it--oh,
-“the best engineer on the lakes.”
-
-“Can't you give me a day to think it over, Mr. Halloran?”
-
-“Sorry, but I'm afraid not. We need you right off.”
-
-“What did you say your offer was?”
-
-“What you think is fair. But I'll tell you flatly, we'll pay you
-more than Bigelow will--five hundred a year more. You have just about
-comfortable time to get up to your house and change your clothes. I'll
-meet you at the station.”
-
-“What if Bigelow should make trouble about my contract?” asked MacGregor
-dubiously.
-
-“Don't you worry a minute about that. We'll back you up to the last
-notch.”
-
-MacGregor thought it over a little longer. Then he turned his ponderous
-frame and called to his assistant.
-
-“All right,” he said over his shoulder to Halloran, “I'll meet you at
-the station.”
-
-At this moment Mr. William H. Babcock was rising from a hotel breakfast
-in Grand Rapids and reaching for the toothpicks. As he strolled out to
-the office to buy a paper he picked his teeth and smiled softly.
-
-*****
-
-Feeling painfully outside of it all--almost inclined to wonder if his
-troubles were real, if the mills behind him, the lumber piled on either
-side of him, the laden steamer before him were real; if this round
-world, even, with its mixture of ups and downs and ins and outs, were
-real--Mr. Higginson stood on the wharf at Captain Craig's side. The
-steamer's fires had not yet been started and it was now after eleven
-o'clock. The engineers had disappeared, and with them the oilers and
-stokers; the wheelmen were gone, and the lookouts--nothing left in
-Wauchung but a few deckhands. And now, to cap it all, Halloran had
-dropped suddenly off the surface of the earth, leaving a certain old
-Scotch captain to rumble internally and now and then to burst into
-eruption with scorching phrases about boys that ought to be back in the
-nursery, about babes that had been prematurely weaned.
-
-Into this scene of gloom and desolation came Halloran, recognizable
-half-way up to the mill by the purple sweater, carrying a bulging canvas
-telescope; and following him, somewhat scant of breath, hurried a fat
-man with a patent-leather valise. The gloomy ones observed them at the
-same moment. Mr. Higginson gave a nervous start, then was swept by a
-feeling of relief that almost brought a smile to his face. The Captain
-looked--and looked--and--the rumblings ceased. Nothing further was heard
-that day about nursing-bottles.
-
-“Hallo, Robbie,” was all that Craig could bring himself to say when the
-fat man had reached the wharf and set down his valise and begun swabbing
-his face with a handkerchief that showed signs of use since he had
-fallen into Halloran's hands.
-
-“How are you, Cap'n?”
-
-Mr. Higginson drew his manager aside.
-
-“Who is this man?”
-
-“He is the new engineer.”
-
-Mr. Higginson's eyes shifted from Halloran to the fat man and back again
-two or three times. Then, as time was pressing, he decided to ask no
-questions.
-
-“There is a man up the river that understands firing,” he said. “Crosman
-has gone up to get him.”
-
-“Have we any wheelmen?”
-
-“Yes, one of Craig's old men is in the mill. When do you plan to start?”
-
-“Right away--as soon as we can fire up.”
-
-Mr. Higginson was on the point of suggesting a wait until the next
-morning, but he withheld this, too. And so Halloran, who had promised to
-deliver the lumber by the morning of the fourteenth, and who would have,
-taken the steamer down himself rather than give Bigelow the pleasure of
-delaying him fifteen minutes, went on with the work of preparation.
-
-At three o'clock that afternoon they were off, with one man in the
-wheel-house, a quartet of clumsy deckhands in the stoke-hole, a devoutly
-profane fat man in the engine-room, and one combined lookout and
-deckhand by the name of Halloran--every man of them facing a solid
-twelve hours on duty. Never had steamer gone out between the Wauchung
-piers in such plight before. If the white-clad Swede in the lookout of
-the life-saving station could have seen through the walls of this good
-ship _Higginson_, could have known the facts that lay behind this brave
-front, he would have wagged his head dubiously and long.
-
-But the stars were kind on the thirteenth of this month. Captain Craig,
-standing on the wheel-house and guiding her out toward deep water, found
-himself looking on a flat mirror that blended, miles away, into the blue
-sky. Streaked with wide reaches of green and purple and corn-colour was
-Lake Michigan to-day--wearing her gladdest dress over a calm heart.
-And Halloran and the Captain, both of whom knew her temper, who had
-met once, indeed, when she was angriest, near Evanston a few years
-earlier--recognized themselves for very lucky men.
-
-And so the old _Higginson No. 1_ headed southward, and plowed
-deliberately down past Point Sable, and heaved out a long line of black
-smoke just as if she had been a real full-handed steamer with real
-firemen throwing coal into the greedy furnaces. There was even some
-enthusiasm aboard; not one even of the stokers but knew dimly that they
-were fighting. They even felt, the younger ones, like men marching into
-battle, and when the _Higginson_ was fairly out on the lake and swinging
-around on her course, one amateur fireman of the watch below ran down
-the ladder to pass the good news to his less fortunate brethren on duty.
-And if the heat of the work had been less trying, these grimy fellows,
-stripped to the drawers and covered with sweat and coal, might even have
-given three cheers.
-
-They ran down slowly, of course. It was getting on toward daylight when
-the _Higginson_ steamed into the harbour at Michigan City and tied up at
-the wharf of the lumber company, and it was a heartily exhausted set
-of men that rolled into their bunks to snatch a wink before day should
-come, bringing more work with it.
-
-At eight o'clock Halloran walked over to the Company's office and
-inquired for the manager.
-
-“I'm Halloran,” he said, “of Higginson & Company. How soon can you begin
-unloading?”
-
-“Right away,” replied the manager civilly, but with an odd expression.
-“I'm just sending some men down.” His surprise was so great that it had
-to find some expression. He seemed to be thinking it over as he left his
-desk to go to the wharf. Finally, with an effort at an off-hand manner,
-he added, “You're prompt on time.”
-
-“Sure,” replied Halloran. “Why not?”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER V--A Venture in Matrimony
-
-It was Saturday night on the North Side, and shortly after six o'clock.
-That part of the world that centres in North Clark Street between
-Lincoln Park and the Bridge was already beginning to stir and stretch
-and shake off the dust of the day; was swarming in from scores of
-cross streets, to parade before the show-windows and pour into the
-beer-gardens and restaurants, to crowd at the corners--a motley company
-of washed and unwashed; of labourers and shopgirls hurrying home, and of
-more fortunate ones, old and young, sauntering from home, to get out of
-life what North Clark Street had to offer.
-
-Strains of dance music floated out over board fences that were gaudy
-with posters, out over evergreen hedges that thrived in green tubs.
-All the world was gay to-night; all the world was in the mood to sit at
-white tables under the trees and dine on the best of German fare, to
-tip back and listen to German music from German orchestras, to toss the
-waiter half a dollar; life was gay, life was jolly; all was well with
-the world. No half-lights here, no miserly crouching in shadows, no
-gloomy ones to spoil it all; nothing but froth on the glass, a laugh on
-the lip, and here's looking at you!
-
-But think again. Of all these houses of amusement was there not one
-standing empty--was there not one where gloom reigned? Glance along the
-street, pass the policeman on the corner--the fat policeman, for whose
-sake we will hope all thieves are slow of foot--down past other corners
-and other fat policemen, down almost to the river, so near that the
-smell of the water poisons the air. Was there not a dingy little
-playhouse, overwhelmed by the soot and grime of the city, by the noise
-of the trains that seemed to be rushing into the building with bells
-ringing and every steam-valve open--overwhelmed, too, by the rattle and
-struggle of the street, and the large buildings that crowded so close on
-each side that they threatened to come together with a snap and leave no
-trace of the dingy little structure with its _porte cochere_ front. If
-there was, anywhere in this big city, a building that spoke of failure,
-of pitiful inadequacy for any metropolitan purpose, of aimlessness and
-inevitable wreckage, here it stood, bearing the hesitating announcement
-that within might be found Somebody's Original Oriental Burlesquers and
-Refined Vaudeville.
-
-Not long after six o'clock was it, and the lingering remnants of a
-very thin audience were rapidly escaping before the onslaught of the
-“chasers.” The particular chaser that held the stage at the moment was a
-tall, thin young man, rather nimble as to the legs, who was exercising
-a sound pair of lungs on a song, a tender memory of a certain Bridget
-O'Grady, who, he vowed, was a perfect lady. The fiddles squeaked and
-rasped, the piano tinkled, the bass viol rumbled in loudest of all; and
-the audience grew thinner and thinner--narrowed down, in fact, to a few
-questionable individuals who had, one feared, no better place to go.
-After the song there was a dance in which the nimble legs appeared to
-some advantage. And if we had been tucked away in a corner of that
-dirty stage, behind the wings that were slit and frayed from years
-of service--if we had watched the Irish vocalist when he came off and
-readjusted his carroty wig, we could not have failed to recognize in the
-possessor of the nimble legs and the sound lungs our old friend Apples.
-
-Somewhere in the course of his career Apples had dropped a stitch; for
-the goal of all true Thespians, the myriad-minded Shakespeare, was
-still only a waking dream for Apples, was still no more than a twinkling
-constellation that shone and shone in the far heavens, serenely
-unconscious that one Appleton Le Duc was striving upward. But was it
-not an encouragement to recall the inspiriting words of the professor
-of elocution, that Shakespeare himself had been a country boy; that
-he, too, had gone to the city to seek his fortune; that he, too, had
-stumbled and struggled, and climbed and climbed until he had reached the
-highest pinnacle of fame?
-
-Something was certainly on the mind of the rising actor
-to-night--something that elevated him above the dingy hall and the
-sleepy audience. Pausing only to mop his brow, back he went in response
-to his encore--the encore that was mentioned in his contract--as
-cheerfully as if the audience had really given him a hand; and the
-sound lungs burst out again, to another scraping, tinkling, rumbling
-accompaniment; and the voice of Apples rose high in the praise of 'Mary,
-my fairy, the Maid of Ochlone,' whose heart-dum-de-dumdy-dum-surely-my-own.
-The sight of a newspaper spread wide before the face of the only
-occupant of an orchestra seat could not disturb Apples this evening;
-the glimpse of two newsboys in the gallery, aiming with peanuts at the
-bald head behind the newspaper, could not so much as ruffle him; for
-golden-haired Mary, dee-doodle-dee-fairy, dee-iddle-dee-airy, ta
-raddle-my-own. Very blithe was Apples, strangely blithe for an underpaid
-chaser in the most despondent theatre on the North Side.
-
-There was another little scene taking place at this time in which we are
-interested. In the lodging of Mrs. Craig--not two rooms now, but one,
-with a decrepit cook-stove in one corner and a ragged quilt hung across
-another corner to serve as a partition between George's bedroom and the
-rest of the space--a silent woman was cooking a meager supper. A very
-silent woman was Mrs. Craig at this time, even more so than formerly.
-The room was hot and close with the odour of cooking.
-
-Into this home, at a little before six, came Lizzie Bigelow, grown
-rather more mature in appearance since we last saw her, of a rounder
-figure and a brighter colour. She was in good spirits to-night. By some
-miracle she was as fresh and healthy as if she had been given nothing
-but the best of food, the purest air and plenty of time for exercise;
-and to the mother it seemed as if a whiff of fresh air had come with her
-into the room.
-
-“Well, Lizzie, you are back early.”
-
-“Yes; I got off at half-past five. Where is George?”
-
-“He has to work late to-night.”
-
-“Oh, yes; I forgot. You are tired, ma. You sit down awhile and let me
-finish the supper.” She was throwing aside her hat and jacket as she
-spoke, and she smiled at her mother in a way that brought an expression
-of gratefulness and surprise to the face of the older woman. “Now you
-just sit down awhile. I'm going to get supper ready to-night.”
-
-It appeared that she really meant it; and the mother, after a little
-protesting, made way for her by the stove. Indeed, it promised to be
-quite a jolly evening, if only George could get home in time to share
-it. Even without him, what with a merry recital of the funny things that
-had happened at the office during the day, and with other talk of an
-equally unusual good humour, Mrs. Craig was almost bewildered. She knew
-only too well how unexpectedly Lizzie's high spirits could turn corners,
-how petulant this merry, black-eyed girl could be.
-
-After supper, announcing that she was going to get a breath of fresh
-air, Lizzie went out, first ingeniously smuggling a small package
-outside the door under pretense of opening it for air. Next she put on
-her hat and jacket and stood for a moment smiling; finally she bent over
-her mother and kissed her, an act so surprising that Mrs. Craig flushed
-with pleasure. Then, with a nervous little laugh and a fling of her
-skirts, she had whisked out and the door was closed. There was a pause
-at the top of the stairs while she fumbled in her pocket for a folded
-slip of paper which she tucked silently into the crack of the door;
-but at last she was off, running down the stairs with her bundle held
-tightly under her jacket, and hurrying across the street to avoid
-meeting George in case he should be returning home at this hour.
-
-*****
-
-The encore was over and Apples was hurrying, wig in hand, to the
-dressing-room. There he threw off his costume, dressed for the street,
-packed all his “properties” hastily in an old valise, and went out at
-the stage-door. The doorkeeper nodded to him.
-
-“You're off now, are you?”
-
-“Yes; I'm through here.”
-
-“Got your pay?”
-
-“Some of it.”
-
-“You're lucky.”
-
-“Guess I am. Good-night.”
-
-“Good-night.”
-
-Apples, still hurrying, still wanting breath, turned the corner, paused,
-looked up the street and down, seemed disappointed and irresolute, and
-finally turned his valise on end and sat on it. From where he sat in
-the shadow of a dark building he could see the flow of life along North
-Clark Street, and he watched it nervously. He seemed somewhat oppressed
-by the rush and whirl of things, as if in mid-course of a tempestuous
-career he had paused to think. The soot-laden air was portentous
-to-night; the rattle and rumble of the street, the guffaws from the
-actors' saloon at his elbow, the roar and hurry of it all, bore heavily
-on his spirits as he sat waiting there. For Apples was on the brink
-of something--something new and strange. Before him lay an unexplored
-country, and who could say if it should prove a land of roses or a
-black abyss. For better or worse it was to be, a plunge into the
-future, vastly unlike certain other plunges that he had been forced to
-take--alone. Circumstances had swept him on; the offer had come, bearing
-the guarantee that at last his name should appear on all posters in
-letters not shorter than three and one-half inches; the other one, whose
-face and voice had helped to make it all possible, was willing, with a
-fluttering heart, to keep her promise; the small boy with the wizened
-face, whose thin legs were to help make their joint fortunes, had jumped
-at the chance; and here he was on the brink. Henceforth the three Le
-Ducs, three, were to be a feature in the theatrical world. And the black
-sky, bearing oppressively down like an emblem of great grim Chicago, was
-portentous indeed.
-
-At last a woman, with a small package under her jacket, slipped out from
-the crowd and came hesitatingly down the side street. Apples rose.
-
-“Hello,” he said.
-
-“Hello.”
-
-“Got everything?”
-
-“Yes; where's Jimmie?”
-
-“He's waiting at the pier.”
-
-And so, without speaking further, these two young persons, who were
-about to take the plunge hand in hand, set out together toward the east.
-A block farther on she said, with a show of petulance, “Have we got to
-take Jimmie along?”
-
-
-[Illustration: 0051]
-
-“Yes, we'd have to come back here if we didn't. We've got to join the
-company Monday night, you know, at South Bend.”
-
-They crossed over the Rush Street bridge and took the early steamer
-for St. Joseph. From now on they should have no difficulty. There was a
-reverend person in St. Joseph who was always glad to marry foolish young
-men and foolish young girls, for a consideration. And this reverend one,
-in the evening's rest after a day given to guiding his flock heavenward,
-could surely find a few moments in which to make these two one. They
-could be sure of finding discretion here, sure that no awkward questions
-would be asked, that no permission from unreasonable parents would be
-hinted at; sure, in brief, that the good divine would be entirely at
-their service, would wish them Godspeed on the up-road or the down-road
-or any conceivable road--for a consideration.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VI--A Shut-down
-
-The weeks went spinning by. Both sides were losing so heavily that the
-fight was becoming grim. On the one hand, Bigelow, with his unreasonable
-directors to keep in line, was closing in relentlessly on the Wauchung
-interests; on the other hand, Higginson & Company were holding on with
-an endurance that puzzled Mr. Bigelow.
-
-And it was at this time, when affairs were leaping along toward a
-crisis, that Doctor Brown of Wauchung took a hand by ordering Mr.
-Higginson to bed. Nothing but a complete rest could save him from a
-breakdown, said the Doctor--news which brought Mrs. Higginson down
-with nervous exhaustion, which set Mamie's wits a-fluttering, which
-complicated matters somewhat for Halloran. The longer Halloran studied
-the business, the longer he pored over statements of profits and
-statements of losses that could not be brought together, the plainer
-became the facts.. Ideas were floating in his head, ideas so nearly what
-he wanted that he knew it would be only a question of time before he
-could catch one or the other of them and bring it down into the world
-of reality--ideas that were later to be brought to bear, perhaps, on
-Bigelow and his combination; but meanwhile his course was clear. The
-logical next step was to shut down the mills.
-
-He dared not think of all the details in connection with such a step,
-of what it would mean to Mr. Higginson, to the hundreds of men who had
-grown up in the work, or to what few other business interests there were
-in Wauchung; the mere consideration of the moral issue involved led into
-such a maze of pros and cons that he resolutely set it aside and kept
-his mind fixed on the business facts. If this step were not taken,
-the heavy expense of maintenance would swamp Higginson & Company and
-everybody connected with them so deep that all the king's horses could
-not drag them out; by shutting down, on the other hand, he could prolong
-the fight. The trust would be free to continue selling at a loss; but
-Higginson & Company would be enabled to leave their timber growing in
-the forest until prices should reach normal again.
-
-As Mr. Higginson's whole fortune was in the business, his income was now
-next to nothing; but Halloran believed he could hold out six months or
-so longer. On the other hand, he did not think Bigelow could last so
-long at the head of a losing venture. Indeed, if for one moment of those
-tense days he had lost his belief that Bigelow could be beaten, Halloran
-would have dropped out of this story on this page.
-
-One evening Doctor Brown received a call from the Manager.
-
-“Now, Doctor,” said Halloran, when they were seated in the office, “what
-can you tell me about Mr. Higginson? Is he better?”
-
-The physician shook his head. “No--no better.”
-
-“You consider his case serious?”
-
-“Yes,”--gravely--“it is serious.”
-
-“I will tell you, Doctor--for you must understand it before you
-can answer me--that the business is in a situation that demands his
-attention if he is able to give it--even for five minutes.”
-
-Doctor Brown shook his head again.
-
-“Could I not lay a decision before him, Doctor, if I make it as clear
-and simple as possible?”
-
-“No; a decision would be the last thing to bother him with.”
-
-Halloran sat thinking. This was difficult--very difficult, indeed.
-Shutting down another man's mills without his knowledge was not the sort
-of thing he liked to do. The physician spoke again:
-
-“His mind _must_ have a rest, Mr. Halloran; that is the only way we can
-save him.”
-
-This was final, and Halloran went out to return to his room and pore
-again over accounts and statements, to think again of Bigelow, to grope
-again for those ideas that seemed so nearly what he wanted. For another
-week he watched the expense account mounting up; then one day he sent
-for Crosman to come to his office.
-
-“Mr. Crosman,” he said, “the mills will shut down Saturday night. Will
-you please see that the men are notified?”
-
-Crosman looked at Halloran for a moment to make sure that he understood;
-then with a puzzled expression he left the room. Later in the day he met
-Halloran in the yard.
-
-“Am I------ Do you want me to leave Saturday?” he asked, his voice full
-of emotion.
-
-“No,” the Manager replied shortly, “you stay; I want you.”
-
-That evening Halloran was at work in his room when Crosman came in.
-
-“I just happened around at Higginson's,” he said, evidently somewhat
-embarrassed, “and Mamie said that her father wants to see you.”
-
-“When--now?”
-
-“Yes, I believe so.”
-
-Halloran pushed aside his work with a thoughtful face. Presently he
-said:
-
-“If you are going back that way, I'll walk along with you.”
-
-The door was opened by Mamie herself.
-
-“Oh, Mr. Halloran,” she cried, “I don't know what to say. Father isn't
-well at all--he's so nervous and excitable. Doctor Brown told me this
-morning not to let him see you at all, but he says he must see you--he
-made me send Harry as soon as he got here. I haven't known what to do.”
-
-Halloran heard her through, then he went directly up-stairs. Mr.
-Higginson's room was dimly lighted, and it was a moment before his eyes
-could distinguish clearly; but when he finally made out the thin figure
-propped up on the bed he was shocked at the change the sickness had
-wrought.
-
-“Sit down,” Mr. Higginson was saying. “Tell me what this means.” His
-voice was tremulous with feeling. “What is this they have been telling
-me about closing the mills?”
-
-“It is true. I have arranged to shut down Saturday night.”
-
-“True, is it?” The lean old figure stirred on its pillows; the thin
-fingers closed tightly on a fold of the bedclothes. “Do you know what
-you are saying, man?”
-
-“We can't afford to pay men for doing nothing, Mr. Higginson.”
-
-“Do you realize what this means?” The old man raised himself on his
-elbow; he found it difficult to control his voice. “Do you know that I
-brought those men here, that I have supported some of them for thirty
-years? Do you think they can be cast off to starve? Why didn't you come
-to me with this? What do you mean by settling it out of hand?”
-
-“I haven't been allowed to see you.”
-
-“Not been allowed! Is this a conspiracy? There's some meaning to this,
-Halloran. I insist upon knowing it. Do you mean that I have got to the
-end? Have we lost?” The last few words were spoken with a sudden return
-to calmness; but his eyes were shining.
-
-“No, not at all. I think we shall win.”
-
-“You think!--for God's sake, Halloran, speak out and have it over with.
-What's the matter--what has happened?”
-
-Halloran came over and sat on the edge of the bed where he could talk in
-a quiet voice; “We have not lost, Mr. Higginson, and what's more, we
-aren't going to lose. Bigelow's people have got to keep on selling below
-cost until something happens. We certainly couldn't go on running full-
-handed without a cent of income. By shutting down we can hold out longer
-than they can. It's hard on the men, but it is hard on the rest of us,
-too. It's the only way we can meet them.”
-
-Even a sick man could see the soundness of this. And somehow the
-presence of his manager, with his air of health and confidence, went
-a long ways toward restoring, for the moment, the balance of Mr.
-Higginson's mind. He fell back on the pillows, unstrung after his
-excitement, but somewhat relieved.
-
-Halloran said good-night and went downstairs. Mamie heard his step and,
-leaving Crosman in the sitting-room, she met him in the hall.
-
-“I meant to tell you not to come down yet,” she said with lowered eyes.
-“Ma said that she wanted to see you when you came in. I'll go ahead if
-you don't mind.”
-
-He followed her to another upstairs room, where he found Mrs. Higginson
-on a couch, dressed in the daintiest of lace-trimmed dressing-sacks. She
-looked up when he entered and motioned wearily to a chair.
-
-“It is kind of you to come,” she said. “Mamie, dear, won't you get me my
-heavy shawl?”
-
-Mamie, understanding, left the room and did not hurry back.
-
-“I want to talk with you about our dear girl,” began Mrs. Higginson.
-“Of course, if the worst should happen--you understand-------” Here her
-emotion overcame her for a moment. “You can understand what a shock it
-has been to me. Mr. H. had not told me of the trouble, and the news that
-he had failed came like a thunderbolt. I don't mind for myself--but
-if anything should happen--if the worst--I could go so much--so much
-easier--if I knew that Mamie was provided for. You will be good to her,
-John? You will forgive me for calling you John? It is the way
-Mr. H. always spoke of you at home------” She was obliged to pause
-again. “I am afraid he will never c--call you John again.”
-
-Her handkerchief went up to her eyes; and Halloran sat back and looked
-hard at a picture of the first Higginson mill, in oils, that hung over
-the mantel.
-
-“I suppose we shall have to sell the house,” she went on, rallying. “You
-will know best about that, John. I am sure you will act for the best,
-and save what you can for our little girl. You will be good to her--I
-am sure you will. She has learned to admire you very much. And when we
-are--when we are no longer--and the house is gone----”
-
-“Nothing of that sort will be necessary,” broke in Halloran, glad to
-relieve her mind and the gloom at the same time. “The house needn't
-be sold. I think we shall have the mills running again before so very
-long.”
-
-He saw, as he spoke, that his words struck a discordant note. She looked
-at him incredulously.
-
-“It isn't so bad as it sounds--------” He meant to make it better, but,
-failing, stopped.
-
-“Do you mean that we have been given this shock for nothing?” she asked,
-with returning strength.
-
-The only way out was retreat. He rose, saying, “I hope to have good news
-for you soon,” and bowed a good-night.
-
-He found Mamie sitting on the stairs in the dark with the shawl across
-her lap. She got up with a little sob and stood back against the rail
-for him to pass.
-
-“Cheer up, Miss Higginson,” he said in a low voice, “It isn't a failure
-at all. We are getting on as well as we could expect.”
-
-She put both hands on the railing to steady herself and looked up at him
-in amazement.
-
-“You don't mean that!” she whispered, “what you said?”
-
-He nodded. “You needn't bother about it at all. Everything is all
-right.”
-
-She Still doubted. “But the mills?”
-
-“The mills will be running soon.”
-
-“Oh, really?” she said, almost wonderingly. “Really?”
-
-The sobs were coming again. She caught his hand in both of hers and held
-it tightly. “Then there isn't any failure--and you are going to save our
-home for us?”
-
-This was frying-pan to fire. Halloran answered hastily:
-
-“It won't be necessary to save it. We shall be all right again soon.”
-
-His matter-of-fact tone brought her to herself. She released his hand
-and, suddenly plunged into confusion, hurried upstairs.
-
-On his way out Halloran paused in the hall. Through the wide doorway
-he could see Crosman, out in the sitting-room, striding around with his
-hands in his pockets.
-
-“Good-night, Crosman,” he ventured.
-
-But the other would not hear him; and Halloran, feeling as if he had
-been put through a wringer, went out.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VII--Halloran Goes to Chicago
-
-The next morning--it chanced to be a Friday--Crosman came over to
-Halloran's desk.
-
-“Have you a couple of minutes?” he asked.
-
-“Surely. More than I want. Sit down.”
-
-Crosman did not take the offered chair, but leaned on the desk.
-
-“Miss Higginson spoke to me last night,” he said, with visible effort,
-“about the family expenses. She thinks they ought to reduce them all
-around, but you, she says, are the only one that knows about it. I
-suggested that she talk it over with you herself; but she didn't want
-to, for some reason.”
-
-Halloran swung back in his chair.
-
-“I don't know how well you understand this business, Crosman. It simply
-amounts to this: The combine people are selling lumber below cost to
-run us out of business, and we have shut down to let them go ahead until
-they're sick of it. When the price rises we'll start up again. Of course
-all this makes a big difference in Mr. Higginson's income. I suppose
-there's no use trying to make that plain to women, but if you can do
-anything to clear the air you'd better go talk to them. Anyhow, don't
-let them make any difference in their living. We mustn't do anything
-that will scare people; the Higginson credit is good, and it's our
-business to keep it good.”
-
-He meditated a moment and then looked up and said abruptly:
-
-“Look here, Crosman, you can do me a favour if you want to. Mr.
-Higginson's sickness seems to have left me in charge of his family
-finances. Now suppose you take the whole business off my hands. You know
-both Mrs. Higginson and Miss Higginson better than I do; and I think it
-would be a good deal easier for them to talk things over with you than
-with me. You can let me know if anything special comes up and I'll help
-you work it out. How does that strike you?”
-
-“All right,” he managed finally to get out. “I'll try it.”
-
-“I don't believe this giving away lumber can last much longer,” said
-Halloran.
-
-Something about those phrases that had been floating in Halloran's mind
-for weeks, “giving away lumber,” “selling at a loss,” “selling to our
-customers,” stuck in his thoughts now. He sat there, leaning back in his
-swivel-chair gazing at the rows of pigeon-holes--Crosman still leaning
-on the desk--while his mind sailed off to Pewaukoe; he saw again the
-great yards of the Bigelow Company crowded full of lumber--the mills
-droning ceaselessly, the scores of men swarming over the work, the
-steamer hurrying the cargo--and he thought again “all this is to be sold
-below cost to our customers.”
-
-Then Halloran's chair came down with a bang and his open hand slapped
-the desk. He had got it. The idea that had evaded him all these weeks
-was finally run to cover, was bagged securely. And the simplicity of it
-all, the feeling of utter imbecility in having failed to see it before,
-left him limp. But he recovered.
-
-“Crosman,” he said, “I'm going to Chicago to-night and may not get back
-before the first of the week. You look out for things here, will you?”
-
-The assistant was growing hardened to surprises. He merely nodded now,
-with a curious expression.
-
-Halloran had got it. And for a moment he could only say to himself,
-over and over: “What a fool! What a fool!” He could only think of that
-tremendous output of lumber thrown on the market for a song. “Selling to
-our customers, eh,” he thought; “selling to our customers!”
-
-“Crosman,” he said, when he felt that he was on his legs again, “we're
-going to buy lumber.”
-
-Crosman did not grasp it at first.
-
-“We're going to buy lumber--all we can get,” Halloran repeated; “and I'm
-going down to get the money.”
-
-It was sinking into Crosman's head--slowly he was gripping it, this idea
-of Halloran's. Higgin-son & Company were going to buy lumber, were going
-to buy it below cost--great quantities of it--to buy it secretly, in
-many places, under many names, at half the normal price; they would sell
-it later at or above normal. Then at last Crosman looked at Halloran and
-grinned--broadly, happily. And Halloran said to himself again: “What a
-fool! _Oh_, what a fool!”
-
-There was much to be done that day. Crosman must have full instructions
-for prompt action; the moment Halloran's message should come up from
-Chicago he must cross the lake to Milwaukee, and from there command the
-Wisconsin shore. Halloran himself would set the Chicago end of the line
-in motion. Scattered here and there around the lake were men who had
-occasionally handled business for Higginson & Company. These were to
-be retained, wherever possible, and set to buying in Trust lumber.
-Everything must be done secretly; every opportunity must be seized.
-There would be storage to arrange for in a dozen cities, and insurance;
-there were a score and odd contingencies to be foreseen and provided
-against, a maximum price to be agreed on for each necessary step. But
-the figuring and the talking had an end; and when Halloran finally
-jumped on the night train and was rolled off toward Chicago he felt that
-Bigelow's flank was as good as turned.
-
-There was one bank in Chicago with which Mr. Higginson had been doing
-business for twenty years. Thither Halloran went, shook hands with the
-cashier and laid bare the situation. The cashier already knew a good
-deal about the fight, and was interested to fill up the gaps in his
-information.
-
-“What is it you plan to do, Mr. Halloran?” he asked when they had talked
-over the situation.
-
-“We are going to buy lumber.”
-
-The cashier inclined his head to show that he understood perfectly.
-
-“We can buy it now for one or two dollars less than it costs us to get
-it out of our own woods,” Halloran added.
-
-This interested the cashier very much indeed. Higginson & Company were
-good, all the way through; and their manager seemed to have a keen
-business sense. Mr. Higginson's sickness entered his calculations; but
-still the investment was sound. The amount must be discussed and one or
-two details mentioned. But it was after a very few minutes of talk that
-the cashier said:
-
-“We shall be very glad to let you have the money, Mr. Halloran.”
-
-The arrangements were soon made. Then Hal-loran said good-morning and
-went down to the telegraph office in the basement of the building. And
-as this short message hummed over the wires to Crosman, “_Go ahead.
-Halloran_,” he walked out into the street to begin the battle. All
-idleness was over now for Halloran--all merely defensive work, all
-waiting for results. From now on it was to be straight-out fighting; and
-he knew that the best man would win.
-
-Before that Saturday afternoon was far advanced Halloran's agents were
-at work. Their instructions were simple. “Buy all the one-inch and
-two-inch stuff you can get, pine and hemlock, in regular lengths and
-widths,” was what he had said, in starting them out; and before evening
-orders had been placed in Chicago alone for nearly a million feet. The
-work would be pushed still further on Monday and Tuesday. Every company
-in the “combine” would be given an opportunity to sell heavily.
-
-Farther up Lake Michigan Crosman was working with equal energy. It was
-a chance for Crosman, an opportunity to show his metal, and he realized
-it. There had been some pulling at odds in the office, and the assistant
-had perhaps been inclined to misunderstand Halloran in more ways than
-one; but all that was now swept away, and the enthusiasm of vigorous
-work was in him.
-
-For the first time since the fight began he fully understood it; he
-had been made to see that there was a possibility of winning. And when
-Halloran's message reached him that morning and he realized that no
-regular steamer would cross the lake before evening, he hurried a tug
-into commission, and with Captain Craig and MacGregor to get him over he
-made the passage to Milwaukee in less than seven hours. Late as it
-was when he arrived, he not only organized the work for Monday, but
-succeeded in placing the first few orders.
-
-And so it fell out that the reduction in price, made solely to ruin
-Higginson, was suddenly and unexpectedly turned to his advantage. The
-busy companies that were scattered about the northern shores of the
-lake did not know this yet--did not dream that they were crowding extra
-shifts of men into their mills to help out Higginson, that the logs
-floating down a score of rivers in both peninsulas were to be cut for
-Higginson, that the steamers loading at a score of wharves were running
-for Higginson, that the long list of lake towns from which had arisen
-the heavy demand for lumber were buying for Higginson. They did not know
-these things, and Halloran did not mean that they should know them.
-
-Perhaps it was the knowledge of all this, and the natural elation after
-such a day's work, that between them took Halloran's actions out of his
-own hands that Saturday evening. There were times when he was likely to
-surprise himself; this seemed to be one of them. During these past
-three years he had been in Chicago a number of times, but always only to
-transact his business and go directly back to Wauchung, always heeding
-that stubborn quality somewhere within him that had had so much to do
-with pulling him up from nothing and pushing him on in the world, that
-had kept him out of foolishness on at least one important occasion.
-He had managed, until now, to side with the stubborn quality against a
-certain impulse that had occasionally given him trouble, but to-night
-the impulse caught him off his guard. There were a good many things he
-might have done--there were even one or two details of the fight still
-to be studied out--but the impulse, once securely planted in authority,
-swept aside every other thought. And so, after dinner, Halloran caught a
-train for Evanston.
-
-An odd feeling took possession of him when he found himself once more,
-after three years, on the scene of his struggles. It did not seem
-so long ago. That he had greatly changed he knew; since the days of
-furnace-tending, and study, and work as a surfman, and all the other
-interests that had crowded those earlier years, he had thrown himself
-out into the world. He had come to know something of the joy of
-directing men and events, of playing a positive part in the life about
-him. He had come to love the fighting, to love the play of fact upon
-fact and mind upon mind. During the last year he had begun to understand
-the feeling of the trained swimmer when he plunges into deep water.
-There was the exhilaration, not only of keeping afloat where weak men
-sink, but of laying a course and following it, sure of his strength
-and endurance. While this change was taking place in him he had been
-inclined to forget that these three years were, after all, but a ninth
-or tenth part of his life so far, and that the other nine-tenths were
-also a fact. But to-night, as he walked up toward the Ridge where the
-big houses stood, he felt that he was taking up his old life where
-he had laid it down that day when he took the boat for Wauchung. And
-somehow he was not so sure of himself as he had been when he said
-good-morning to the cashier.
-
-He was almost relieved to find that Miss Davies and her mother had
-stepped across the way. They would be back soon, he was told; so he went
-in, left his hat and coat in the hall, and walked in through the parlour
-to the long sitting-room, where there were rows upon rows of books and
-a round-edged table covered with other books and with magazines, and
-a great fireplace with a wood fire burning to take the edge off the
-evening air.
-
-He sat down in the Morris chair by the table and picked up a book--he
-had not had time to read much of late years. But after a moment of
-turning the pages the book was lowered to his knees and his eyes looked
-over it at the fire. There had been a time when he had laid that fire
-regularly every morning, and now to be sitting here, suddenly conscious
-that his life had taken a new direction, that he was older, and that
-his clothes were better--that he was, in fact, another person
-altogether--was odd and haunting, was almost disconcerting.
-
-He heard the front door open. There was a rustle out in the hall, and
-voices. He let his head fall against the back of his chair and turned
-his face toward the parlour door. He hardly knew what to make of
-himself; he was almost afraid he had emotions. Certainly a peculiar
-disturbance was going on somewhere within him, such a disturbance as
-hardly could be looked for within the manager of a lumber company. He
-did not like it at all. He wondered why she was so long about coming
-in. Perhaps she would go on upstairs, not knowing he was there; and that
-would be awkward. Altogether, it was probably a good thing that
-Halloran had come out to Evanston before the new life had succeeded in
-withdrawing him finally from the old, before the proportion of one-tenth
-to nine-tenths had been evened up and he had wholly changed into
-Michigan lumber--a very good thing indeed.
-
-She came in through the hall doorway and paused surprised. He felt
-himself rising and standing with his back to the table and the light.
-She came slowly forward, inclining her head a little to get the light
-out of her eyes so that she could see his face. The disturbance, now
-increasing in that strange new part of him, out of all proportion to the
-occasion, called his attention to her reserve, to the something--was it
-pride?--that had disturbed him in other days; it taunted him with her
-firm carriage, her fine, thoughtful face; it reminded him of her real
-superiority, the superiority that comes only from pride in right living;
-and so Halloran, the vigorous, the elated, at the moment of greeting an
-old friend in her own house, was so far from equal to the situation that
-for the life of him he could think of nothing but certain raw facts in
-his own bringing-up, or fighting-up, whichever it might be called. And
-not a word did he say--simply waited.
-
-[Illustration: 0139]
-
-She came a few steps nearer and hesitated. Then, after an instant, her
-whole expression changed. Her eyes lighted up with gladness so real
-that even he could not misread it; and she came rapidly forward with
-outstretched hand.
-
-“Why, John Halloran,” she cried; “where did you come from?”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VIII--The Question
-
-He took her hand, and their eyes met. Until now it had not occurred to
-him that she, too, had changed. Her expression even was different; three
-years earlier she had been living earnestly, intensely--she had felt
-the unequal burdens of the world and had plunged fearlessly into vast
-problems, but now she seemed more impersonal, more detached.
-
-“Sit down,” she said, withdrawing her hand. “I will speak to mother.”
-
-There were more greetings to be gone through. They sat about the fire
-for awhile; and Halloran had to give an account of himself, and had to
-listen to Mrs. Davies's open approval of him. She had heard of him now
-and then; she had known from the first that he would get on; she was
-downright proud of him, in fact. This was something of an ordeal, and he
-felt relieved when she withdrew and left Margaret with him.
-
-
-The two stood for a moment looking into the fire; then she nodded toward
-the Morris chair and he dropped into it. She sat down on the other side
-of the table and propped up her chin on her two hands. For a moment they
-sat looking at each other. Finally they both smiled.
-
-“Well,” she observed, “we've been growing up, haven't we?”
-
-So she had remarked it, too.
-
-“Yes, I guess we have,” he replied. “Rather more than I had thought.”
-
-“You didn't expect to find me the same girl you left here, did you?”
-
-Halloran gazed moodily into the fire.
-
-“I don't know. I couldn't say just what I did expect.”
-
-“But it's different, anyway, isn't it?”
-
-He nodded.
-
-“And now you don't like it because you think we shall have to begin all
-over again getting acquainted?”
-
-He nodded again. Then, looking up, he was assured by her friendly smile.
-She slowly shook her head at him.
-
-“That isn't quite fair,” she went on. “Here I have been staying right at
-home and doing the same things all these three years. If I have grown a
-little older, I couldn't help it very well. But you have grown to be
-a business man with ever so many interests, and I suppose you are very
-successful--anyway, you have changed so much I hardly knew you. How long
-are you going to be here?”
-
-“Until Monday or Tuesday.”
-
-“You must come to dinner to-morrow, then. You'd better come planning to
-spend the rest of the day.”
-
-“Thanks, I will. How is George?”
-
-Her face grew serious. “He has been giving me a good deal of trouble
-lately. I don't know what to make of him. He lost his home, you know--or
-maybe you don't. Have you heard the story?”
-
-“No.”
-
-“It is a strange one. To begin with, his sister Elizabeth eloped with
-Mr. Le Duc.”
-
-“Not Apples?”
-
-
-[Illustration: 0159]
-
-“Yes; they were married in St. Joe, and she went on the stage with him.
-Jimmie McGinnis is with them, too. They call themselves the three Le
-Ducs, I believe. And Mrs. Craig lost her position. The Le Ducs are in
-Chicago now, at a cheap theatre, and Mrs. Craig is living with them;
-but they refused to take George, too. They seem to grudge her even the
-little they do. So George was turned out into the street and got into
-bad company, and now he's in jail. I don't think it's as bad as it
-sounds. His companions are a good deal older, and Mr. Babcock, who has
-been looking after him, says he will undoubtedly be released. I almost
-wrote you about it a little while ago.”
-
-“I wish you had.”
-
-“Well,” she hesitated, “I didn't know--it has been so long.” She
-looked up. “To tell the truth, I didn't know whether you were still
-interested.”
-
-He rose and went over to the mantel. The fire was low and he heaped it
-up with the largest sticks in the wood-box; then dropping on one knee he
-took up the bellows and had it roaring in a moment.
-
-“I like a big fire,” he said, over his shoulder.
-
-She nodded and let her eyes rest on him as he worked over the fire. Yes,
-he was a good deal older; his frame had filled out and settled; and in
-his manner, too, some of the rough edges had been rubbed down--a fact
-she whimsically regretted. She got up now and pushed the big chair
-up beside the fire and sat across from him. For a time they said
-nothing--he sitting on a stool at one side of the hearth, she in the
-chair at the other; he applying the bellows in a moody, desultory way,
-she leaning back watching first him and then the leaping flames. Finally
-he said, letting the bellows swing between his knees, still keeping his
-eyes on the fire:
-
-“Margaret!”
-
-She started a little and a quick, almost shy glance shot from her eyes;
-but he seemed wholly unconscious that he had never directly called
-her by that name before. He swung the bellows slowly to and fro like a
-pendulum.
-
-“What made you think I wouldn't be interested?”
-
-“Why--I don't know that I meant exactly that------”
-
-He went on, still without looking up: “Was it anything in what I wrote
-before?”
-
-Yes, there had been some writing before--when he was first at Wauchung,
-and she, eager for her little protégé in the city, had kept him informed
-of George's progress and had relied on his counsel. And now, as he
-brought that correspondence up in his mind, and remembered how it had
-bothered him, how he had avoided every personal reference and had made
-it easy always for her to stop when she chose, and how she finally had
-stopped--when he had these facts before him, he was thankful that the
-fire could partly explain his colour.
-
-“I'm afraid I wasn't a very satisfactory correspondent,” he added, “but
-those weren't very satisfactory days. I was sailing pretty close then--I
-had some college expenses to pay back, and I was learning the business,
-and altogether I didn't see much fun in living. If you have thought of
-me since as the same sort of fellow I was then, I don't blame you for
-not wanting to write.”
-
-He looked up at her for a reply; but she only smiled a little and slowly
-shook her head.
-
-And so they talked on, these two, for a long time; they drifted on into
-a dreamy, personal mood--into a land where only common interests could
-get a footing, where there was no clock--nothing but the red flames, and
-the dim rows of books, and the hushed house, and themselves. They forgot
-to-night those three years of divergence--forgot that there was one
-set of facts centring about the Michigan lumberman and another about
-Margaret. To Halloran all of life had slipped away except that dreamy
-figure in the Morris chair, with the late red glow of the fire on her
-face and on her hair. Her eyes were half closed, and she turned them
-toward him now and then without moving her head. A smile hovered on her
-face--now on her lips, if he spoke to her--at other times flitting about
-her eyes. Her hands lay motionless on the arms of 'the chair. To both of
-them it was a rich glad time, so glad that it could best be explained
-by silence, tempered only at intervals by low voices; so rich that it
-poured its warmth into their very souls and quieted them, and gave them
-to know that such high moments are rare, that they must be conserved and
-guarded, must be lived through reverently.
-
-He looked at her shyly at first, with stolen glances, until in some
-silent way she gave him her permission; and then he looked long, not
-from his eyes alone, but from the new self within him which had risen
-almost to equality with that other self of hers. He knew this now--knew
-it to be gloriously true; and he felt a defiance of all life, of all
-the pressing facts and things that had crowded into his existence, a
-defiance, a consciousness of self that thrilled him with its reality.
-For the first time in his life he knew that those solid things were not
-real. And his soul was awed and humbled.
-
-And she looked at him--shyly always, yet conscious of what she was too
-honest to deny. And the occasional pressure of her sensitive mouth, the
-twitch of her eyelid as the light wavered over it, were not needed to
-show him that she, too, was wholly given up to the reality--that
-her life was gathered up to-night, with his, into one full hour of
-happiness.
-
-Into this Arden came the distant whistle of a locomotive. Her eyes
-sought his, and at the expression they found there she shook her head.
-
-“That is going the other way,” she said softly.
-
-“I'm sorry”--he looked at his watch--“I have just time for the last
-train.”
-
-He rose and stood a moment looking at the fire. Then he came over and
-leaned on the back of the chair and reached down and raised her hand in
-his. She almost shivered at his touch, but he held it firmly; and after
-a moment, in which the blood seemed to leave her face, her fingers
-closed on his and clasped them tightly.
-
-And then he forgot all about the last train. He knew that the impulse
-that he had feared so long had at last mastered him, and he was wildly,
-exultantly glad. He slipped down on the broad arm of the chair and held
-her hand on his knee, and looked down at her hair; whilst she, still
-with that occasional compression of the lips, gazed into the fire. For
-her, too, everything had slipped into oblivion--everything but the red,
-red glow of the dying fire and the clasp of his hand in hers and the
-touch of his other hand on her hair. There was nothing else in the
-world for her to-night; and her happiness was so poignant that she
-felt herself swept blindly along with him, past all the obstacles of
-convention, of small misunderstandings, of outside interests, on up to
-heights that had never before during her quiet lifetime even entered her
-imagination. At moments her fingers would tighten on his and strange,
-happy tears would fill her eyes, to be kept back only by an effort. Once
-she could not keep them back; and he looked down and saw them on her
-cheek, and she did not care. Tears were trivial, now that her soul was
-laid bare to him.
-
-At another time she spoke so softly that he could not hear, and he bent
-down his head.
-
-“You are not going to try to get back to the city?” she repeated, in a
-voice from which all strength, all the body had gone.
-
-“No--I'm going down to the hotel.”
-
-Her clasp tightened again by way of reply.
-
-And so the wild, sweet message came to this man and this young woman. It
-told them how deeply those earlier years of friendship had entered
-their natures; it let them know how much stronger it was than will or
-habit--how it had chained their two lives so firmly together that only a
-few moments had been needed to-night to show it plainly to them both. A
-look of the eye, a tone in the voice, and it was done. From that moment
-their lives had changed; and where-ever the new current might lead them,
-whatever might be waiting in the dim, luminous years beyond, the new
-fact must control their thoughts. The old days were gone; the new had
-begun.
-
-Was it strange that he should think of this, that the meaning of it all
-should flash through his mind; whilst she, with her sensitive nature
-wholly bound up in this moment, should be thinking of nothing, should be
-conscious of nothing, save that he was here? Was this strange? Her eyes
-were still fixed on the embers; she seemed unable to raise them to his.
-In all her life she had never before given up. Her impulses had never
-before swept her reason from its seat and held her, trembling and
-amazed, in their grip. It was new and wonderful to her.
-
-“Margaret,” he said, in the low voice that expressed the most, “dare I
-look at my watch?” She smiled and tightly held his hand.
-
-“No?”
-
-She shook her head.
-
-He caught up a lock of her hair and held it against the light. It
-glistened like fine-spun gold. He leaned down and pressed it to his
-lips; and again he felt that tightening of her fingers, that slight
-shiver passing through her. He bent forward and saw that the tears had
-escaped again. “Margaret,” he whispered, “look up.”
-
-Her eyes lifted a little, then dropped. He waited and then whispered
-again, “Look up, dear.” Slowly she raised them until they met his
-fairly, and their two souls were gazing straight, each to each. Her
-fingers tightened and tightened; she was trembling. And at last he
-caught her wildly with both his arms and drew her against him and kissed
-her forehead, her eyes, her mouth. And her tears fell without restraint.
-
-“Dear girl,” he whispered, his mouth close to her ear, “Dear girl, you
-love me--I know you love me. I have waited--it is a long while that I
-have waited--but all the waiting is over now. Tell me that it is all
-over--that we are going to begin our lives--our life--new again. Tell me
-that we are going to be happy.”
-
-There was a moment during which she struggled to free herself. “Don't,
-oh, don't!” she cried brokenly. “Please stop, John!” And he, hurt and
-wondering, released her, and stood up, watching her stupidly as she fell
-back in the chair and covered her eyes.
-
-Poor Halloran! He had been supposing that he understood her--that
-he really could see a little way into that complex nature. And the
-discovery that he was still far on the outside of her personality
-brought a cruel shock. He could not know that while his thoughts had
-rambled ahead, constructing their life, hers had been absorbed in the
-happiness of that one golden hour. He could not understand how his
-words, and the realization of what this evening meant to them both,
-had burst upon her with a force that frightened her. He could not be
-expected to know what a struggle had come with this first open thought
-of giving herself up to a man--what questions it raised, what problems
-of wholly reconstructing a life; how the great question loomed before
-her in dimensions that seemed almost tragic. He could not understand
-this; and so, when he finally spoke, it was with a touch of quiet
-dignity:
-
-“Margaret,” he said, “I have asked you to be my wife.” There was a more
-and more appealing quality in his voice as he went on. “I have asked you
-to be my wife. Can't you give me your answer?”
-
-She shook her head without uncovering her eyes.
-
-“Shall I come for it to-morrow, then, Margaret? I think I have told you
-everything. You know that I love you. I can't live without you--I dread
-even to think of waiting. It means so much to me, Margaret, so very
-much, that I don't know----”
-
-He paused, for his voice was beginning to shake a little. Still she was
-silent.
-
-“Have you”--it was getting difficult to speak--“have you nothing to tell
-me?”
-
-“Oh, John,” she managed to say, “I'm sorry! I'm so sorry!”
-
-“Is--is that all, Margaret?”
-
-“You must not come to-morrow--I can't let you.”
-
-“A week, then, Margaret?--a--a month?”
-
-“I don't know--you must not stay.”
-
-He waited a little, then walked slowly to the hall. When he had his coat
-nearly on she came to the doorway. He waited again, hat in hand.
-
-“Good--good-night,” she said.
-
-“Is that------”
-
-She shook her head nervously, hurriedly, and he opened the door and went
-out.
-
-And when he had gone, when his last step had died away in the still air,
-she sank down on the stairs and sobbed, trembling in the power of this
-passion. What had she done! What had she done! Her thoughts ranged
-madly. She thought of the three years of divergence; of his habits, of
-hers; of all the things, great and trivial, that bore on the question;
-she tried to remember what had happened this night, and could not. She
-only knew that this strange power had mastered her; and she was afraid
-of it and of him.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER X--A Letter
-
-Mr. Bigelow sat in the chair: behind and around him were the speakers
-of the evening, grouped with the Committee of the Society of the
-Preservation of the Home; before him extended rows upon rows of
-citizens, all of them vigorously applauding the last speaker, all of
-them, without regard to private cellars, bent upon stamping out the
-saloon evil in their suburb.
-
-An usher mounted the platform and laid a folded slip of paper on the
-table. The Chairman unfolded it, read it with great composure, and
-inclined his head to signify an affirmative reply. This was the note:
-
-“Mr. G. Hyde Bigelow.
-
-“_Dear Sir:_ May I see you for a few moments after the meeting, on
-business of great importance.
-
-“Appleton Le Duc.”
-
-“Probably a reporter,” thought the Chairman. A draft of his opening
-speech lay in his inside pocket, and if this man was attached to a
-reputable paper he would be welcome to it. Mr. Bigelow made it an
-invariable rule to be courteous to newspaper men.
-
-At the close of the meeting, therefore, as he was donning his coat, the
-usher touched him on the arm.
-
-“This is the man who wished to see you, Mr. Bigelow.”
-
-The Chairman turned and beheld a tall, thin individual, with a long
-face, wearing somewhat conspicuous clothes.
-
-“How do you do,” he said, in a genial tone, extending his hand.
-
-The thin man took it and glanced sharply at Mr. Bigelow--a glance full
-of curious interest. A change had been taking place in Apples since we
-last saw him. Evidently the care of his wife and his wife's mother,
-and the prospect of a visit from the stork at once reducing the
-family income and materially increasing the outgo, had quieted the
-effervescence of his youth and set him thinking.
-
-“If you have no objection,” said Le Duc, “I will walk along with you.”
-
-“None whatever,” replied Mr. Bigelow.
-
-They walked together out of the building and followed that part of the
-crowd which had turned westward.
-
-“Well, sir,” observed, the Chairman, “what can I do for you?”
-
-Le Due answered in a low, even voice--a voice which, if it showed
-embarrassment and effort, showed also determination.
-
-“You were formerly married, I believe, to a woman who is now known as
-Mrs. Craig.”
-
-Dwelling, as it had been, on the plaudits, the hearty enthusiasms of
-the evening, on the written speech reposing in an inside pocket, Mr.
-Bigelow's mind came to earth with a shock. He stopped abruptly, threw
-a quick look at the thin man, and then, recalling that the sidewalk was
-still covered with people, he moved on.
-
-“Have you come here to discuss my private affairs?” he said brusquely.
-
-“In a sense, yes. The matter has been put into my hands, and I thought
-the most satisfactory thing would be to come out here and talk to you.
-Of course, if you'd rather I'd see somebody else, it makes no difference
-to me.”
-
-Mr. Bigelow was silent for a moment. Le Due glanced sideways at him as
-they passed under a corner light, and was glad to observe that he had
-penetrated the man's armour.
-
-“Are you a lawyer?” was the Chairman's abrupt question.
-
-“No, sir.”
-
-“In what capacity have you come here?”
-
-“Why, you see, Lizzie, Mrs. Craig's daughter, is my wife.”
-
-Mr. Bigelow's reply was a half-audible grunt. “Mrs. Craig, you
-understand, is really suffering. She has no income and we have been
-keeping her with us; but I am not in a position to do much for her--not
-as much as I should like.”
-
-“What do you want of me?”
-
-“I believe--that you agreed to support her.”
-
-“Well, how much do you want?”
-
-“That isn't it, you see.” Somewhat eagerly this. “It wasn't only that
-you agreed to support her, but the courts decided that you should. So it
-isn't a question of what you might offer or me accept, but of how much
-is owing on past years. I think I can understand it--I suppose a man
-gets tired of paying out money he doesn't get any return for--and of
-course it's been a good many years----”
-
-“Never mind about that.”
-
-“Well--you see--I've thought there was some misunderstanding about the
-business. She says you told her to go to law if she wanted to, but I
-thought she must have misunderstood you. Of course, she could, you know,
-but her case is very good, I think. It would be expensive all 'round;
-and it mightn't be pleasant.”
-
-Very true, Apples. It might be decidedly unpleasant, now that a voluble
-young man, with apparently no regard for the proprieties, has sprung up
-from nowhere to push matters.
-
-“Well, what _do_ you want?”
-
-“I've talked it all over with Mrs. Craig and she has told me just how
-things stand. She has kept a pretty regular account of everything; and
-she figures it out about like this. There were five years, nearly five,
-anyhow--we don't want to quibble over that--when she was to all
-intents and purposes paid up. Since then there haven't been any regular
-payments, except about five hundred dollars that's been given her in
-small sums. It was to be a thousand dollars a year, I believe. Five
-thousand five hundred from seventeen thousand leaves eleven thousand
-five hundred still due her--call it an even eleven thousand.”
-
-“You say you are not a lawyer?”
-
-“No, sir.”
-
-“What is your business?”
-
-“I'm--I'm an actor.”
-
-“Where do you play?”
-
-“On the North Side.”
-
-“What can you earn?”
-
-“Well, the three of us--we are the three Le Ducs, you know--my wife and
-I, and Elmer, can get sixty a week for our turn.”
-
-“You don't mean to say you have a son old enough to play with you?”
-
-“Oh, no, no--we only call him Elmer Le Duc. We haven't been married so
-long as that. But-----” However, this was not business, and he checked
-the confidence that was never far from the end of his tongue nowadays.
-
-“How long have you been on the stage?”
-
-“Nearly three years.”
-
-“What did you do before that?”
-
-“I was at college.”
-
-“What college?”
-
-“Here, in Evanston.”
-
-“So?”
-
-They were now standing in front of the wide grounds of G. Hyde Bigelow.
-Peeping out from its screen of trees, far back behind the spacious lawn,
-could be seen the granite turrets of Mr. Bigelow's new house. The owner
-turned toward them as he reflected.
-
-“I will tell you what you do, Mr.--Mr. --------”
-
-“Le Duc.”
-
-“Mr. Le Duc. You come to my office to-morrow at eleven. I think that by
-that time I will have a proposition that will interest you. Meantime,
-suppose we let this matter stand just where it is now. Is that
-satisfactory?”
-
-“Why--certainly; perfectly so.”
-
-“Very well, I shall look for you to-morrow at eleven. Good-night.”
-
-“Maybe I had better leave one of my cards with you, sir.”
-
-“Very well. Good-night.”
-
-“Good-night.”
-
-Mr. Bigelow turned into the grounds and disappeared among the trees, and
-Apples, bubbling with self-congratulations, hurried over to the trolley
-line.
-
-*****
-
-Margaret was tired to-night. She was glad to be at home; and she threw
-herself on the library couch to rest for an hour while she awaited the
-final report of the day's labours. For George had been released from
-jail, thanks to the benevolence of the judge--himself a suburbanite--and
-to the clearness of the facts. It had called for very little effort on
-the part of Mr. Babcock, who had taken the case on his own shoulders,
-to make plain that George had been merely the cat's-paw of a gang of
-roughs. And now Mrs. Bigelow had promised Mr. Babcock that she would
-take in the boy and give him work about the house; so that apparently he
-was at last to have a start.
-
-At length Mr. Babcock himself came in. He was almost jaunty this
-evening; and his voice was pitched higher than usual.
-
-“How do you do, Miss Davies?” he exclaimed. “Here I am with my report.”
-
-“You brought him out, did you?”
-
-“Yes. Mrs. Bigelow has him and promises to take the best of care of him.
-He seems a likely boy--unfortunate he wasn't better brought up. But of
-course he may take a brace--such things have happened.”
-
-“You know I have faith in George,” said Margaret warmly.
-
-“Yes, I know. I hope you're right. Maybe you are. He'll be kept busy for
-awhile anyway, learning to groom the horses and milk the cows. That'll
-be good for him. Queer case, isn't it. Quite like a story. It has
-interested me immensely. Been a queer sort of day all around for me. If
-every day was like it I'd never get any business done. Came right in a
-busy season, too. Oh, I don't mean about the boy. That was because you
-were interested in him. I'd do as much any time you asked it--do it
-gladly. But I ran across Myers while I was over at the court building.
-He is going West, you know, for his wife's health, and wants to sell his
-house. You know it, don't you?--over on the Lake Front. He wants to
-sell bad and offers the place for next to nothing, so I promised him I'd
-stroll down there to-night and have a look at it. How would you like to
-go along? Your taste's rather better than mine, I think.”
-
-“Why--isn't it a little late?” He had never talked like this before; she
-was puzzled.
-
-“No--not so very--about nine. But I see you're tired, so don't think of
-it. Tell you what I'll do--I'll get him to let me have the plans, and
-we'll look them over together, and you tell me how they strike you. If
-it is in as good shape as I think I believe I'll buy--that is, if I can
-get a clear title.”
-
-“It is very attractive along the shore.”
-
-“That's the way it strikes me. And with good horses you'd hardly mind
-the distance. He says his library is finished in rose tints and Flemish
-oak. How does that sound?”
-
-“Very pretty, I should think.”
-
-“Yes, doesn't it? So you really like the idea? I'm glad of that. You're
-the one I care most about pleasing.” He rose and looked down at her.
-“There's no use telling me you aren't tired: I can see it. You've worked
-like a good one to-day, and I'm going to let you get a little rest.” She
-rose.
-
-“I'll bring up the plans sometime before Sunday, and we'll go over them
-and see what we make of it. Good-night.”
-
-She smiled wearily and stood there until he had left the house; then she
-went upstairs and into Mrs. Davies's room.
-
-“Mother,” she said, with an odd little smile, “I want to go away.”
-
-“Where, child?”
-
-“I don't know---East, perhaps.”
-
-Mrs. Davies looked quietly up from her knitting. “'How long have you
-been thinking of this?” she asked.
-
-“Not very long--just to-day.”
-
-They looked at each other for a moment in that same quiet way--Margaret
-still smiling, but with a suspicious shine in her eyes. Then suddenly
-she came over, slipped to the floor, and buried her face on her arms in
-her mother's lap.
-
-After a long silence Mrs. Davies asked:
-
-“When would you like to go, dear?” There was no reply. “Very soon?”
- Margaret raised her head a little way and was apparently about to speak,
-then lowered it again. “Would you like to go this week?” Still there
-was silence. But Mrs. Davies seemed to understand. “We might get away by
-Thursday or Friday, dearie, if you can get ready. Can you?”
-
-And Margaret murmured, without looking up: “Oh, yes, yes! I can be ready
-to-morrow.”
-
-As time went by the wisdom of Halloran's method of buying lumber became
-apparent. If the orders had not gone in almost simultaneously to the
-offices of the different companies the directors would probably have
-put their heads together and declined meeting such an unusually heavy
-demand. As it fell out, however, when the heads did finally go together,
-it was discovered that the mischief had been done, that nearly six
-million feet of lumber had been sold, in thirty or forty different lots,
-and for about $50,000 less than it would have brought at the normal
-rates. The possibility of speculators buying in the lumber had been
-discussed from the first; but the directors had not dreamed that such a
-movement could be actually completed before they could know it was going
-on. And then they found that each of the twenty odd companies had been
-pledged to these orders through its own authorized agents. Even now,
-after the door had been closed on an empty stable, it was not plain what
-per cent, of the sales had gone to speculators; for nearly every order
-had come from a regular dealer in one of a score of different cities and
-towns.
-
-Halloran soon found it difficult to buy, except in occasional small
-lots. His instructions to his agents still held good, however; and he
-hoped to increase his stock until he should have enough on hand to make
-good all the losses resulting from the fight. That was his idea--to make
-Bigelow pay the bills. Once this point was reached he would show his
-hand by bringing all the lumber to Wauchung.
-
-At this stage of the fight there was a pause. On one hand Halloran's
-countermove was practically ended; on the other, the Bigelow forces
-appeared as determined as ever to keep down prices and force Higginson
-out of business. Rumours were floating now and then, to be sure,
-that there was trouble in Kentucky Coal, but there was nothing at all
-definite. .
-
-One morning in the office--a nearly idle morning, as came about
-frequently now--Crosman remarked casually over his paper:
-
-“There's a big fight on in corn on the Board of Trade.”
-
-“Something new, eh?”
-
-“Yes. It seems the secret has just leaked out. A man named Le Duc------”
-
-“Le Duc!”
-
-“Yes--Appleton Le Duc--sounds like a Frenchman, doesn't it?”
-
-Halloran left his chair and came over to Cros-man's side.
-
-“Excuse me,” he said. “May I see it?”
-
-“Certainly; take it, if you like. I'm through with it. It's a queer
-story.” He went on talking while Halloran was reading. “It seems he's
-a new man at the business, but they're calling him the new Com King
-already. They say he shows a regular genius for it. It looks as if he
-was going to corner the market. The paper says he used to be an actor.”
-
-Halloran laid down the paper and perched himself on the corner of
-Crosman's flat-top desk.
-
-“That's queer business,” he observed. “The last time I heard of Apples
-he was playing at a third-class variety house.”
-
-“Friend of yours?”
-
-“I knew him in college. If the paper weren't so sure about it, I'd say
-it was a mistake. He never did it himself--he hasn't any money, to begin
-with. Somebody's using him for a cat's-paw, plain enough; but I'd like
-to know how the Moses he ever got hold of a snap like that?” Halloran
-shook his head over it. “Do you ever read Mark Twain?”
-
-“I have--some.”
-
-“Do you remember the story of the bad little boy that got rich and went
-to Congress, and died universally respected?”
-
-“Never read that.”
-
-“Well, it makes me think of Apples. The two poorest skates we had in
-college are turning out about the same way. The other fellow was a lazy
-beggar from down in Indiana. Came up to college to play baseball, but he
-didn't have grit enough to make the team. He never got anywhere in his
-work--spent three years in his fourth year Academy, I believe, before he
-gave it up. And no one ever knew how he lived. But one of the directors
-of a big steel company used to live out there, and this fellow scraped
-up money enough to buy a dress suit and join the local club, and took to
-playing billiards and drinking with the director's son, and finally got
-invited around to meet the family. Now he's the assistant secretary of
-the steel company, and has announced his engagement to the director's
-daughter. Enough to make you wonder a little sometimes, isn't it?”
-
-The office door opened, just then, so abruptly that they both started.
-Looking up, they saw Captain Craig standing in the doorway, hatless,
-holding an open letter in his hand. He looked straight at Halloran as if
-he saw nothing else in the office.
-
-“I want to see you,” he said.
-
-At the odd sound of his voice, Crosman got up without a word and brushed
-by him into the outer office, gently pushing the door to behind him.
-
-“Sit down, Captain,” said Halloran.
-
-The Captain took the chair by the desk.
-
-“I went up to the house to see the Old Gentleman, but they wouldn't let
-me in.”
-
-“No; he is not allowed to see anybody. Will I do?”
-
-Craig seemed not to hear the reply. “I got a letter just now--and I
-wondered if I couldn't get away for a little while--I guess I won't be
-needed on the steamer?”
-
-“Certainly not.”
-
-“I got a letter this morning--I didn't know as I read it straight--I
-haven't got my glasses with me-----” It seemed difficult for him to
-speak naturally, and he paused, staring at a glass paper-weight on the
-desk. His seamed, harsh old face was working. “My God! Mr. Halloran,” he
-broke out, “I don't hardly dare believe it! Here, read it.”
-
-Halloran took the letter and read what follows:
-
-“_Father_: I have waited a long, long time, and now I'm tired and I want
-to come home. You were right always--it was all a mistake. Now when I
-look back there are some parts of it that are like dreams to me. Do you
-think you could forgive me? Do you think you could let me come back and
-take care of your house for you?
-
-“I was all wrong, but I am older now--I have a girl of my own who has
-grown up and married--and I think I could understand better. I can
-imagine better, too, how you have suffered--how I have made you
-suffer--and now that there are times when my life seems clouded and
-unreal--some days and weeks even, when I look back I can hardly remember
-what I have said or done, or how I have lived--when I think of this, and
-think how my life seems to be slipping away from me, a little at a time,
-I feel that I just must come back to you. Of course, nothing can be
-undone, nothing can be lived over. I know that bitterly now--I feel it
-all the time, and especially at night when I lie awake and all these
-years come whirling up in my mind and confuse me and discourage me. But
-I have tried not to grow bitter. I have been hungry a good many times,
-and cold, and haven't had much to wear, but I have tried always to
-remember that the only way out is just the patient, honest way.
-
-“There may not be many years left to us, but wouldn't it be better to
-try to make them happy years? You see I'm writing as if I felt you had
-already forgiven me--I can't help it.
-
-“Elizabeth is married, as I told you, and hasn't room for me any more.
-But, George is not a bad boy--you will like George, father, I know. And
-perhaps he will grow up into something better than I and make you feel
-yet that it was worth while.
-
-“It is nineteen years to-day since you brought me down here on the old
-_Number One_--do you remember? I have never forgotten how you looked
-when you stood on the bridge and waved good-by. Well, my married life
-was not what I thought it would be, but somehow now, while I am writing
-this, it seems almost as if I could cut this long part of my life right
-out, and take up the first part again where I left it off that day. You
-will find me changed--I am getting to be quite an old woman--if all goes
-well, I may be a grandmother before the year is gone. Think of that!
-
-“Oh, father, I don't know what I am thinking of to be writing like this,
-when I ought to be down on my knees to you. But I can't help it. Can you
-forgive me, and let me begin again?
-
-“Jennie Craig.”
-
-Halloran gazed at the letter until the silence grew oppressive and then
-he looked out the window. Craig was still staring at the paperweight;
-and when he finally spoke it was without shifting his eyes.
-
-“She was only eighteen when she went down to Chicago to work for
-Bigelow. She didn't know any better--G. Hyde Bigelow wasn't above
-marrying his clerk in those days. And then she found him out and got
-a divorce; and I've never heard since, until to-day. I guess--I guess
-there's a little pride in our family--she's never written--and I
-haven't. But, oh, God! Mr. Halloran------”
-
-Halloran turned at the exclamation, and then, with such a sense of
-helplessness as he had never before known, he lowered his eyes. For the
-Captain was crying.
-
-“I'm going right down there,” the broken voice went on. “Have you a
-time-table here?” Halloran fumbled in his drawer, found the time-table,
-looked over the train schedule, marked the right column with his pencil
-and laid it before the Captain.
-
-“When is that? Ten-thirty?”
-
-“Yes; ten-thirty.”
-
-“That's in about an hour. Well, then, I suppose-----” He made as if to
-rise, but settled back again. Finally Halloran spoke.
-
-“I think I know your daughter, Captain.”
-
-“You know her?”
-
-“Yes; I saw her several times a few years ago. I can tell you a good
-deal about George, too.”
-
-“She's a good girl. We used to think she took after me a little. I think
-maybe--I think I'll bring her right back with me to-night or tomorrow;
-and then you can come around and see us.”
-
-“Yes. What would you say if I were to go down with you, Captain. Perhaps
-I could help you find her and George.” He hesitated a moment. “We'll
-bring the boy back, too. I guess we can manage to keep him busy around
-the office until the mills start up again.”
-
-“Do you know how old he is?”
-
-“George must be about sixteen, I should say.”
-
-“And the girl is married--she must be older--I guess I'm a little
-bewildered.” He got up now and stood silent by the desk.
-
-“I'll be ready for you in half an hour, Captain.” There seemed to be
-nothing more to say; and after another silence Craig went out. But
-later, during the hours on the train, Halloran had to tell over and over
-what he knew about George and Lizzie, their mother, and Le Duc.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XI--High Life at the Le Ducs
-
-When at last they were on the cable-car, north bound, Craig broke the
-silence that had held through the latter half of the journey.
-
-“Do you suppose we could get them all together to-night--the boy, and
-the girl and her husband? We could have a supper somewhere.”
-
-“I think so. It will be a little late before I can get George back from
-Evanston--half-past eight or nine o'clock, probably.”
-
-The Captain winced at the words. He knew now that George was a charity
-boy in the home of his own father.
-
-“If you would like to set it for half-past eight, I will see Le Duc and
-then go out for George.” The Captain, whose head was in no condition for
-planning even so much as a supper, accepted this arrangement without a
-word. They were silent again until they left the car.
-
-“I wonder if she'll know me,” Craig mused, as they walked along, “I
-ain't the same as I was then--it's a long time, Mr. Halloran, a long
-time. She was a pretty girl--always had a laugh for one--I've often
-thought of her energy and nerve. She had a way of going at things, I
-tell you. When she got a notion she ought to earn her own living there
-couldn't anything stop her. Are we getting near it?”
-
-“Just a little way now.”
-
-“That's good. It's queer how long a day can be--and after most twenty
-years, too.”
-
-At the door Halloran paused. It was in a mean street, meaner even than
-the old quarters near Hoffman's saloon, and the stairs leading up to the
-living-rooms above were crowded in between a cheap restaurant and a much
-less respectable saloon than Hoffman's.
-
-“Well, Captain, I'll leave you here.”
-
-“Why--aren't you coming in?”
-
-“No; I haven't any too much time. I know Le Duc's address--I read it in
-the paper this morning. We will meet here at half-past eight.” Craig
-was about to protest, but Halloran hurried off; and the Captain started
-alone up the stairway.
-
-The Le Ducs were living at an apartment hotel not far from the Lake
-Shore Drive. From the appearance of the building and the neighbourhood
-Halloran inferred that the corn market was proving a profitable field
-for Apples. He inquired for him and was taken up in the elevator and
-shown into a neat little parlour on an upper floor, commanding a view of
-the lake. Being received by a maid in a cap and apron, he repeated his
-inquiry, only to learn that Mr. Le Duc was not at home--had not yet
-returned from his office. Could he see Mrs. Le Duc? The maid hesitated.
-But as time was pressing, he persisted. Would she please tell her
-mistress that Mr. Halloran had come with an important message from Mrs.
-Le Duc's mother and grandfather. The maid turned away and had nearly
-crossed the room when she was intercepted by a loud whisper from behind
-the double doors of the next room:
-
-“Ask him to wait.”
-
-So Halloran sat down and looked at the photographs of actors and
-actresses that crowded the walls--prominent among which were large
-prints of Appleton Le Duc and Elizabeth Le Duc and Elmer Le Duc--until
-Apples himself, wearing a prosperous air, better dressed, but still
-dapper, still with a flash somewhere in his get-up, opened the door, and
-Halloran rose to meet him.
-
-“How--how are you? Oh, this must be Halloran. I knew you at college. How
-are you? What can I do for you? Sit down, Halloran. Excuse me a minute
-while I take off my coat.”
-
-Apples disappeared into the next room, and as the door closed behind him
-there was an audible smack, followed by whispering. He shortly returned
-with a puzzled expression.
-
-“Excuse me for keeping you waiting, Halloran. There are so many claims
-on me these days that I can't get away from my office as early as I'd
-like. Now tell me what I can do for you?”
-
-“It is a long story, Apples”--the Corn King seemed to dislike the
-word--“but you'll hear it all soon enough. What it amounts to is, that
-Mrs. Craig's father, who is a steamer captain, is working for the same
-company that employs me, and-----”
-
-“So you're a sailor now, eh?”
-
-“Not exactly that.”
-
-“Let me see, you went in for that sort of thing a good deal in the old
-days, didn't you? Weren't you on the Life-Saving Crew at college?”
-
-“Yes, I was. Captain Craig has come down here to take Mrs. Craig back
-home with him.”
-
-“Well, you don't say so!”
-
-“And he would like you and Mrs. Le Duc to meet him and Mrs. Craig at her
-rooms to-night and take supper with them--at half-past eight. I'm going
-out now for George.” He rose to go.
-
-“Well, I'll tell you, Halloran”--Apples had risen, too, and was speaking
-in a low, confidential voice--“between ourselves, my wife isn't going
-out much now, and I'm afraid we can't do it. We'd like to very much, you
-know.”
-
-Again came the whisper from behind the door. “Appleton!”
-
-“Yes, dearie. Excuse me a second, Halloran.” He slipped out again and
-there was more whispering. When he returned it was to say: “My wife
-would be very glad to have you all come here instead. We will have the
-supper up here in our apartment. Tell them we'll be very glad to see
-them--and you, too.”
-
-“Thank you. I'll tell them.”
-
-Apples showed him out, and as he left the building and headed for the
-State Street trolley he found himself thinking much of Apples and his
-rise in life.
-
-When he was on the Evanston train, however, he had something else to
-think about. In order to get George he must go either to the Bigelows'
-home or to Margaret's. Not one of the letters he had written since that
-evening had been answered. Besides, he was not in the right frame of
-mind to see her--or he thought he was not, which amounted to the same
-thing. All day he had been deep in the trouble of the Craig family, and
-in his talk about coming out after George he had not taken time to think
-just how he was to manage it. But he was realizing it now as he left the
-train and started up toward the Ridge; and as this is to be an honest
-history, the facts of what followed must be told.
-
-Half-way up from the station, while he was walking briskly along,
-boasting inwardly that he was calm and ready to see Margaret, his
-legs, without warning him, turned him off on a side street. When he
-had rounded the block, and had convinced himself that now he was headed
-straight for the Ridge, they deceived him again. This was humiliating,
-and, more, was not the way to march to victory. Twice he walked around
-the square, but the third time, by a strong effort, he succeeded in
-passing the fatal corner. Soon he could see the house a little way
-ahead. It occurred to him that he was rushing along at an absurd speed,
-and he walked more slowly. A moment more and he was in front of the
-house, was turning in up the walk--but, no, he was mistaken; for the
-legs, suddenly out of all control, carried him by and nearly a block
-farther up the street before he could check them and get them headed
-straight. He found he could manage them better by stepping once on each
-square of the cement walk, squarely in the middle each time; and he
-could keep this up by giving all his mind to it. This made it necessary
-to take rather long steps, but the twilight was deepening, and, besides,
-there were few other pedestrians on the street. Again he drew near. He
-looked up at the windows--they were dark, excepting a light in the rear
-and one upstairs. Something forbidding about the square old house, with
-its rows of unlighted windows, chilled his heart, struck deep into the
-energy that had carried him thus far, and he faltered. But this would
-not do. He forced his eyes down to the sidewalk and resolutely put his
-right foot on the next square of cement--then his left on the second
-square--and on, step by step, up the front walk. He mounted the steps
-and crossed the wide veranda to the door--then hurriedly pushed the
-bell.
-
-There was a long wait. After a time he heard doors opening and closing
-within, and the sound of a person moving; finally there were footsteps
-in the hall and the door was opened.
-
-“Is--is Miss Davies here?”
-
-“Why--no. Miss Davies and her mother have gone East.”
-
-“Gone East!”
-
-“Yes; they are in the mountains--in Woodland Valley.”
-
-“Woodland Valley!”
-
-“Yes. I couldn't tell you when they'll be back. They didn't know
-themselves when they left.”
-
-A moment more and the door had closed and Halloran was down on the
-sidewalk. He turned aimlessly up the street. Gone East!--and no word for
-him! Perhaps his letters had not even reached her. Why had he not come
-straight back to Evanston that same week and claimed his answer? What
-an invertebrate creature he was, anyway! What a gloomy evening! How
-the shadows of the maples and elms closed down on his thoughts! The arc
-lamps at the corners, the long row of houses glowing with light, all
-smiled at him and drove him deeper into the gloom. Gone East!
-
-It occurred to him that he had come out for another purpose. There was
-nothing for it now but to go to the Bigelows'; and with a glance at his
-watch, he turned in that direction.
-
-The family were at dinner, he was informed, but Mrs. Bigelow would see
-him in a few moments. He was shown into a reception-room, where he could
-drop into a chair in the bay window and look in between the portières
-down the length of the living-room. The furniture was rich and heavy;
-the mantels and tables and bookcases were laden with bric-à-brac; the
-walls were covered with paintings and engravings, some of them fairly
-good, all of them very costly. From the dining-room came the jingle
-of knives and forks and the laughter of children, and now and then
-the heavy voice of Mr. Bigelow dominating. Then he heard the rustle of
-skirts and in came Mrs. Bigelow.
-
-“How do you do, John? It is a long time since we have seen you. You must
-have gone away from Evanston when you left college.
-
-“Yes; I'm not living here.”
-
-“Where are you now, John?”
-
-“I'm up in Michigan.”
-
-“You have a position there?”
-
-“Yes.”
-
-“Well, I have heard Mr. Bigelow say that there are really about as good
-openings in the country as in the city. It is so overcrowded in Chicago.
-Are you getting on well?”
-
-“I--I guess so--as well as I could expect.”
-
-“I am very glad to hear that--and Mr. Bigelow will be, too. He really
-took quite an interest in you, John. He is always glad to know that the
-young men he has been interested in are getting on.”
-
-“I have come down to Chicago to-day, Mrs. Bigelow, to look for a boy;
-and I have heard he is here. His name is George--George Bigelow.”
-
-“Oh, yes; George. It is odd that he should have our name. He is a
-Settlement boy--Mr. Babcock rescued him from I don't know what distress.
-I wondered if there were any distant branch of the family that could
-have dropped in the world, but Mr. Bigelow says there is no connection
-whatever. It is a very common name in Chicago, he says. It seems that
-the boy's family is worthless, and he himself has already been in jail.
-But he seems to feel some remorse, and I am not letting it make any
-difference here.”
-
-“Captain Craig, his grandfather, heard to-day from George's mother,
-after a long separation. We happen to be employed by the same company
-and I have come down with him to find his family. He wants to take them
-all back with him.”
-
-“To take him back? Why, he has been here only a little while. Did you
-mean to take him yourself?”
-
-“Captain Craig plans to give them all a supper this evening, and I
-promised him I would be on hand with George.”
-
-“Very well; I will send for him.”
-
-She stepped to the hall and rang a bell. While she was speaking to the
-maid Mr. Bigelow came into the hall, with a little girl hanging to
-each arm. He paused in the doorway of the reception-room and nodded to
-Halloran.
-
-“How do you do,” he said.
-
-“How do you do, sir.”
-
-“This is John Halloran, dear,” said his wife, turning. “He has come to
-take George away. George's grandfather, he tells me, is really quite
-respectable.”
-
-Mr. Bigelow had shaken off the children and was getting into his
-overcoat.
-
-“It is just as well,” he replied, without looking around. “We really
-have no work for him here.” At this moment the subject of the talk
-himself appeared, advancing bashfully, overcome by the splendour about
-him, and not yet knowing why he had been summoned. He looked at Halloran
-for a moment before he recognized him.
-
-“How are you, George,” said Halloran, advancing and holding out his
-hand. “Do you remember me?”
-
-George blushed, grinned and took his hand; and as he did so, Mr.
-Bigelow, with his coat buttoned and one glove on, turned around. He
-looked at George--a tall, awkward, ill-dressed boy of sixteen--with a
-curious, gruff expression, then his eyes shot one quick, inquiring look
-at Halloran.
-
-“You'll excuse me,” he said, recovering. And without speaking further he
-went out and shut the door hard behind him.
-
-“Come, George,” said Halloran; “I'm going to take you to a new home.
-Have you any truck to carry?”
-
-“Nothing much.”
-
-“Get your coat, then, and come along.”
-
-“When they had reached the tenement and were nearly at the top of the
-stairway Halloran pushed George ahead.
-
-“Go in there, George. You'll find them together.”.
-
-“Yes, I hear 'em talking. But ain't you coming?”
-
-“No, not yet. Go ahead.”
-
-George opened the door and Halloran went back a little way down the
-stairs and sat down. It was dark and dirty. On all sides, above and
-below, were noises--babies squalling, men and women quarreling--but he
-heard little; his thoughts were speeding of! to the eastern mountains.
-There was a young woman in those mountains--where the leaves were
-beginning to turn, perhaps, as here in the West--only a thousand miles
-away. What had he been waiting for? Was it for her to write? How had he
-supposed her answer was to come? What stood in the way--circumstances?
-Some other one? Or was it that the only obstacle was a certain person
-sitting, at this moment, on a dark stairway in a tenement? More likely
-the latter--but how was he to discover it so close home? It was rather
-more fun to be miserable. Family reunion on one side of his thoughts,
-all hopes a thousand miles removed on the other side--on the whole, he
-preferred dark stairways.
-
-“Mr. Halloran, are you there? It's so dark I can't see.”
-
-“Yes; coming right up.”
-
-“I was afraid you'd get away from us.”
-
-“No, but I must be off now.” They were entering the room. “Le Duc wants
-you all over there to supper.”
-
-“Over there?”
-
-“Yes.”
-
-“You mustn't go now, Mr. Halloran. He asked you, too, didn't he? Of
-course he did.”
-
-“Why, I'd like to, but----
-
-“Now, see here, after the turn things have taken we couldn't have the
-supper without you. That's a part of it, you see--it's the way I planned
-it. You've got to come.”
-
-“Well, if you feel that way------”
-
-“We do, and that's all there is about it. I guess we'd better be
-starting over, hadn't we? It's most half-past now. Where's your jacket,
-Jennie?” Mrs. Craig had no jacket, it appeared; but the Captain helped
-her on with her shawl. “Got your hat, George? Better let me have your
-arm, Jennie, going down the stairs. It's pretty dark.”
-
-“Oh, I know these stairs, father.”
-
-“That's so; I suppose you do. All ready, Mr. Halloran?”
-
-“All ready, Captain. I'll put out the light. Go ahead.”
-
-They went down the stairs two and two, Mrs. Craig and the Captain,
-Halloran and George, and walked toward the lake, through the vicious
-quiet of the side streets, through the merriment of North Clark
-Street, through the sober, comfortable region of stone houses and big
-churches--on to the imposing private hotel where dwelt the Le Ducs.
-
-“I'm afraid, father,” whispered Mrs. Craig, “that I'm not exactly
-dressed for this.”
-
-“Nonsense! My daughter needn't be ashamed to go anywhere. I wouldn't
-give _that_ for a girl that wouldn't be glad to see her own mother, no
-matter if she came in a sunbonnet. There's nothing the matter with this
-shawl, I guess.”
-
-“Why, no; but it's old. And they're not wearing shawls now.”
-
-“What do we care about that?”
-
-“I don't care if you don't.” And so determined was she not to care that
-she managed to force a little smile as her feet sank into the carpet and
-the door-boy stood aside to let her pass.
-
-Le Duc himself opened the door and greeted the group in the hall with a
-“How are you? Come in!”
-
-They filed into the room, where a table was spread for them, and stood
-about awkwardly. Mrs. Craig busied herself with her bonnet and shawl,
-George stood on one leg and then on the other, and looked at the carpet;
-and Halloran slipped into the background. But the Captain broke the
-silence by advancing toward Le Duc.
-
-“This must be Appleton, I take it. I'm glad to see you, young man--glad
-to welcome you into my family.”
-
-Apples took the outstretched hand and murmured something.
-
-“And where's Lizzie? I've got to see her before you can make me believe
-I've got a granddaughter old enough to be married. You'd never think it
-to look at Jennie, there, would you? Isn't she coming?”
-
-“Here I am,” said the young woman herself, appearing in the doorway.
-
-The Captain looked at her while the others stood silent; finally he
-walked around the table to meet her.
-
-“I--I can't believe it. I'm just going to kiss you, my dear. I guess
-your husband won't object if you kiss your own grandfather, will he?”
-
-“Oh, no; certainly not,” said Le Duc.
-
-“Well, well, so here we really are--all of us! Now we must have a good
-time of it. Where are we to sit, granddaughter? Don't forget to put me
-next to yourself. This almost makes me feel as if I was back in the old
-house.”
-
-They took their places, and two waiters from the hotel restaurant
-appeared to serve them. And then Le Duc, with some sense of his
-responsibility as host, endeavoured to set the talk going, but without
-marked success. For both Mrs. Craig and her daughter felt awkward,
-and the Captain could not entirely master the oppressiveness of the
-surroundings and of the waiters in their dress suits. Halloran made one
-effort to enliven matters.
-
-“Captain, Apples”--Le Duc's nose went up a little at the word--“Apples
-was on the beach the night you came ashore in the surf-boat.”
-
-“You don't say so? Strange, isn't it, the way things come around,
-and the people you've met once are sure to turn up again? If I don't
-remember you, Appleton, it's because I wasn't feeling in shape to see
-anything that night but what was left of the old steamer. An ugly time
-that was. There was an hour or so before you lighted up your fire when
-I wouldn't have given half a dollar for our chances. The steamer was
-breaking up fast.”
-
-“Let me see,” said Apples, “that must have been in my college days. Do
-you remember just when it was, Halloran?”
-
-“I'm not likely to forget it.”
-
-“It was up the shore toward Glencoe, wasn't it? I remember one wreck up
-that way--you crew fellows had quite a time of it, didn't you?”
-
-After this feeble light on the conversation, darkness fell again; and
-the little family ate almost in silence, until the waiters brought in
-a platter of ducks and set them before Le Duc. The host looked
-suspiciously on them, then glanced at Lizzie. Finally, while his fingers
-toyed nervously with the carving knife and fork, his eyes sought the
-waiters; but one had left the room and the other was busy with the
-vegetables. Evidently he was expected to begin carving--the table
-waited, silently and expectantly--so he planted the fork in the right
-wing of the first duck and began. It did not go well. A brown fringe of
-gravy decorated the table-cloth around the platter, and little specks
-flew out occasionally toward the guests. Lizzie turned to Halloran and
-asked if he was living in the city now; and he replied that he was not.
-The brown fringe was widening; and George was watching the performance
-with increasing interest. Lizzie persisted: “Are you going to be here
-long, this visit?” No, he was going back to-morrow. The diversion failed
-here, and they waited in silence. Apples was breathing hard. At length,
-a quick, unskilful movement caused something to slip, and the end duck
-hopped neatly out on the table-cloth and settled down in a pool of
-gravy. Apples leaned back in his chair and looked at Lizzie.
-
-“My dear”--he began. But the waiter was at his elbow, saying,
-
-“Shall I serve it, sir?”
-
-At this point the Captain rose, napkin in hand.
-
-“I'll tell you what, Appleton,”, he said, “you just change places with
-me. If there's one thing I know, it's ducks.”
-
-After this, in spite of the gloom that settled on the host, the evening
-went better. And when the party broke up, at what the Captain called
-a scandalous hour, and scattered to hotel and tenement, there was some
-cordiality in the chorus of good-nights and good-byes. In the morning,
-by an early train, the three members of the Craig family and Halloran
-returned to Wauchung.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XII--The Pine Comes In
-
-
-That settles it,” exclaimed Halloran, tossing a letter on the desk.
-
-Crosman looked up.
-
-“We've placed our last order for lumber this season,” said Halloran.
-
-“Have the Trust people waked up?”
-
-“Yes. Our Oconomowoc man writes that they refuse to sell him another
-foot unless they're assured that it won't come to us. They're pretty
-late about it. We've got nearly all we want. Well, that ends it, anyhow.
-The next thing is to get it all in. There's no use paying storage to all
-those fellows now that we're found out. I wish you'd see about
-getting both steamers off as soon as you can--send them to Chicago and
-Milwaukee, where we have the biggest lots. We'll write for steamers and
-schooners for the other towns.”
-
-“Can we get it all in the yards? There's a lot here now.”
-
-“Got to. It will crowd up close to the mills, but we can't help it.”
-
-“That will raise the insurance premium--clear up to the mill rate.
-
-“I know it.”
-
-“Do you want me to go ahead with the insurance?”
-
-“No; not yet. Speak to me again about it in a day or so. This lumber
-isn't going to help us out very far if we let all our profits go out
-in storage and commissions and carriage and insurance. I don't know but
-what we'll have to carry it ourselves. It isn't just the weather I'd
-have picked out--but this business isn't of our choosing, anyway. I'd
-like to find out how much old G. Hyde knows about us. I don't believe
-he's got on the track of the whole stock.”
-
-And so the order went out to concentrate all the lumber at Wauchung; and
-at the flying word, passing from house to house, that at last there was
-to be work at the yards, Wauchung stirred and aroused. Again men
-came flocking to the office, shouldering peavies and cant-hooks and
-clamouring for employment. Sailors appeared to man the steamers and were
-set to scrubbing and polishing. Coal-wagons rumbled through the yards to
-the wharves, bringing food for the furnaces. Men went about grinning
-and joking and slapping backs heartily, and swapping yams about the
-Old Gentleman in his palmy days, ten and twenty years before. Robbie
-MacGregor appeared, fatter than ever after his enforced idleness,
-growling at all the known works of the Creator, and refusing to speak
-civilly to any one until he had let himself into his greasy blue
-overalls and was free to finger his levers, and dress down the oilers,
-and swear gloriously at the new hands in the stoke-room.
-
-“Good-afternoon, Mr. Halloran,” said Captain Craig, when he reached the
-office. “When are we to start?”
-
-“To-night, if you have your men. MacGregor's on hand now, getting up
-steam.”
-
-“Good for Robbie.”
-
-“By the way, Captain, I'll try to have some work for George as soon as
-the first lot of lumber gets in.”
-
-“That's good. You'll find him ready for you. I'll be glad to get started
-again myself--it's been a mean pull; and there just wasn't any getting
-along with Robbie. I never saw him so down. Dry weather, isn't it.”
-
-“Yes, better for you than for us. Are you going to let Bigelow steal
-your men off you this trip?”
-
-“I hardly think so.”
-
-“You may have a chance yet--you're to go to Chicago.”
-
-The Captain smiled dryly. He was in fine mettle now; his clear eyes and
-sound colour belied his wrinkles and the white streaks in his hair.
-
-“I wish he'd try it,” he replied. “We'll be glad to hear from him any
-time.”
-
-Late that afternoon the two steamers swung away from the wharves, one
-after the other, steamed out through the channel, passed the life-saving
-station and the lighthouse, and headed, the _Higginson Number 1_,
-sou'west-by-south toward Chicago, the Number 2 sou'west toward Milwaukee,
-to bring in the first loads of lumber. And a thrill went through the
-yards, where there were a few men at work, and passed on to the long
-lines of waiting labourers outside, as the shouts of the officers and
-the rumble of the engines and the wash of the propellers sounded through
-the dry autumn air. The mills were still silent the little world that
-depended almost for its existence on the movements of that machinery
-was still suffering from poverty and idleness, was still facing the
-possibility of a winter without employment; but somehow the sight of the
-two steamers once more plowing up the water of the harbour, of the blue
-smoke once more spreading low over the sand-dunes and over the sparkling
-lake that stretched beyond, spoke to them of new life at the Higginson
-yards. If the steamers were started out after the long wait, why might
-not the mills be soon humming and singing again, why might not the ax
-again flash and strike in the forest, and the songs of the river gang
-again ring down the long reaches of pine-edged water? The possibility
-was in the thoughts of them all as their eyes followed the steamers far
-out into the lake, and lingered on the fading smoke long after the boats
-themselves had dropped over the southwestern horizon. It was something
-to be moving again; and every one was a little more cheerful that
-evening for what they had seen and felt.
-
-Now that the steamers were on the way, Halloran found that he had a
-problem on his hands. More than six million feet of lumber demands a
-large area, and the question of getting it into the yards was a serious
-one.
-
-The Higginson yards occupied a peninsula, formed on the inland side by
-the Wauchung River, on the other side by the harbour. This harbour was
-in reality a small lake, such as one will find duplicated every little
-way for a hundred and fifty miles on the eastern coast of Lake Michigan.
-The prevailing west winds have thrown up a line of high dunes along
-this shore, forming a natural dam at the mouth of each of the many
-small rivers. The Government had at Wauchung, as at many similar places,
-dredged out a channel that enabled steamers to get in to the wharves and
-to turn in the harbour.
-
-The two mills were on the upper or river side of the peninsula, where
-they could receive the logs that were floated down from the timberlands.
-
-From the mills the cut timber was run out on elevated tramways and piled
-along the wharves. Ordinarily there was a wide space between the mills
-and the nearest pile of lumber. There was a provision, indeed, in the
-insurance policies, that it could not be piled nearer than two hundred
-feet without the payment of a higher premium; and if the piles should
-extend within fifty feet of the mills the rate mounted to an almost
-prohibitive point.
-
-The yards were surrounded by water on three sides--on the fourth were
-the cottages of the labourers and of the other poorer residents of
-the town. Halloran had a choice, then, between piling the lumber close
-around the mills (there being already a considerable quantity in the
-yards) and either paying the higher rate of insurance or going without,
-or carting it off and renting outside land for storage, thus adding a
-new item to his expenses. Every spare moment between this day and the
-arrival of the first steamer was spent in looking over the yards and
-planning the arrangement so as to get the best advantage of the space.
-
-It was on the second day after the departure of the steamers that
-Crosman burst into the office and cried:
-
-“She's coming in--the _Number Two!_ I saw her funnels over the
-sand-hills.”
-
-His excitement was catching, and Halloran got up from his desk and
-looked out the window. Sure enough, there was the smoke, far out along
-the sky-line. A moment later, looking between the channel piers, he
-caught a glimpse of the steamer heading in toward the lighthouse.
-
-Watchful eyes had already seen her from the cottages near the beach; and
-as man after man hurried over to the yards to get an early place in the
-lines, the news spread through Wauchung. These men did not know what
-it meant--Bigelow was a myth to them, known, if at all, merely as an
-employer of labour twenty miles up the lake--but there was the steamer,
-bringing in a cargo of lumber that must be discharged and piled, and
-this meant work. Soon she was entering the channel; and they could see
-her Captain standing on the wheel-house roof with a hand resting on the
-bell-pull. And while Halloran went over to the wharf to direct the work,
-Crosman was kept busy giving out time-checks and cant-hooks and sending
-man after man across the yards.
-
-Then she was in the harbour, was slipping up to the wharf; the
-engine-room bell jingled, and the propeller churned the water; the lines
-were thrown out and caught by eager hands, and the _Higginson No. 2_
-lay motionless at the wharf, her deck piled high with yellow hemlock and
-pine. The labourers swarmed over the rail and went at the work with the
-spirit of men who know what hunger means. The donkey-engines at each end
-of the deck rattled and clanked as the hoisting-spars were lowered over
-the cargo. And not a man on the ground, from Halloran down, but felt the
-impetus that the arrival of this first load of lumber had given to
-all Wauchung. Some of the men showed it by laughing easily, others by
-swearing easily, and now and then they would all break out into a song
-that would almost have shocked Jimmie McGinnis himself if he had been
-there to hear it--to the immortal air of
-
- “My father and mother were Irish,
-
- And I was Irish, too.”
-
-They did not know that this song had been shouted by valiant fighters
-and workers in many tongues--sometimes to reputable words, oftener
-not--for centuries, nor did they care. It would not have interested them
-to hear that, thanks to its wonderful vitality, this same melody had
-served generations of students as “We won't go home till morning”;
-had swung thousands of wearied French soldiers along wild roads before
-Napoleon was born as “_Malbrouck s'en va-t-en guerre_”; had perhaps
-led white-clad swordsmen, with a lilt and rhythm that fairly lifted the
-feet, off to the taking of Jerusalem nearly a thousand years ago. And
-now here it was again, sung to disreputable words, but as truly as ever
-a shout of good-will and dauntless effort. Somebody had bucked the Old
-Gentleman--no matter who or how--and the Old Gentleman, through Mr.
-Halloran, was bucking back, was nearer than ever to winning. And when
-he should win, as win he must, there would be steady work and meat every
-day for the labourers of Wauchung. This was all they knew or cared.
-But was the spirit less honest and earnest than the spirit of those
-jack-booted Frenchmen or those white-clad crusaders? Allowing for the
-glamour of the past, for the shining mist that enlarges the old figures
-as their real outlines grow steadily fainter, were these hard-handed
-fellows, heaving the new lumber from the deck of the _Number Two_ to the
-wharf, laughing and joking and swearing like pirates all the while, so
-different? Was there no romance here?
-
-Before the work had begun, Halloran saw Du Bois, an old lumber
-inspector, on the wharf and called to him. The old man, a soft felt
-hat pulled down on the side of his head, his gray beard streaked with
-tobacco, turned and waited for him to come up.
-
-“I have a boy here, Du Bois” [pronounced DoO Boyce], “who thinks he'd
-like to learn lumber-checking. Suppose you take hold of him and see if
-we can make anything out of him.”
-
-“All right, Mr. Halloran. Where is he?”
-
-“Up at the office. You'd better send a man after him. His name's George
-Bigelow.”
-
-“All right, sir; I'll keep an eye on him.”
-
-The Inspector spat voluminously and hailed one of the labourers.
-
-“Hi, you there! Run up to the office and tell George to get a scale and
-a tally-board and come down here. Grease your knees!”
-
-The labourer ambled off and soon returned with George.
-
-“Well, young man,” said Du Bois, “they tell me you're a lumber-checker.”
-
-“I--I thought maybe I could learn.”
-
-“What's that in your hand?”
-
-“A tally-board.”
-
-“Other hand?”
-
-“A scale.”
-
-“What's the size of that stick over there? No, don't scale it--stand
-here. What are your eyes for?”
-
-George had not passed the last few days idly. The lumbermen were a
-picturesque, vigorous lot of men, and simply by associating with them
-he had begun absorbing some knowledge of their work. Now he made a snap
-guess. “Two-by-twelve-sixteen.”
-
-“Other one yonder?”
-
-“Two-by-eight-twelve.”
-
-“Call that a twelve? You'll have to do better than that. See that
-steamer? We're going to unload her in another minute, and I want you to
-mark down every stick on your tally-sheet as the boys take it off. Tend
-your business, now. We'll put some hair on your chest before we get
-through with you.”
-
-So George took his place on the wharf as the _Number Two_ came
-alongside, and promptly found himself the centre of a dozen gangs of men
-all hustling past with the sticks, while the two steamer-hoists lowered
-them over in bundles, and the men on the steamer slid them off from half
-a dozen points at once. Each plank and timber, Du Bois had said, was to
-be checked on the tally-sheet and its dimensions recorded.
-
-*****
-
-Halloran, Crosman and Du Bois met for a moment near the office where
-they could overlook the yards. The Inspector was shaking his head at the
-still, blue sky.
-
-“I'd like to see a few clouds up there, Mr. Halloran. We ain't had any
-rain since the devil knows when.”
-
-Halloran, for reply, stirred up the sawdust with his foot. It was dry
-and loose.
-
-“I don't like it, myself.”
-
-“Are we going to pile it in all through here? You ain't figuring on
-taking any outside, are you?”
-
-“No; we can't do that. Fill in the strip yonder”--indicating the narrow
-end of the peninsula--“before you take up the ground around the mills.”
-
-“How about the insurance?” suggested Cros-man. “I haven't done anything
-about it yet. Shall I see to it?”
-
-“No; we'll carry it ourselves.”
-
-Crosman and the Inspector were silent for a time after this, and
-all three looked down at the activity on the wharf. Neither of the
-assistants knew what a relief it was to the Manager to see that one load
-of lumber and to know that there was a score of other loads already on
-the way. It was his first glimpse of the tangible cause of the fighting,
-and the sight of it gave him the feeling of actually getting his hands
-on something. There was still to be considered the guarding it from
-fire, and, at the right moment, the putting it on the market. He did not
-know what new move Bigelow might be considering, but he could not see
-how any living man could block him now. Every order had been delivered
-to a lake port, so that he had no need to call on the railroads. And
-an attempt to restrain him from using the lake carriers, in view of the
-fact that the Higginson steamers alone could do the work with an extra
-allowance of time, seemed out of the question. Bigelow would resort to
-rascality, of course, whenever he could see or make an opening; but it
-was a question whether he could find any more openings.
-
-“You wasn't here when we had the big fire, in '79?” The Inspector was
-falling into a reminiscent frame of mind.
-
-“Hardly.”
-
-“That was before we had a steam fire-engine. There was only a
-hand-machine downtown--damn little syringe on wheels--wouldn't put out
-a box of matches if the wind was blowin'--and so the Old Gentleman kep'
-about a hundred buckets hung in the mills. Joe Brady was fire chief--he
-worked in the freight house. But the fire come on a Sunday and Joe 'd
-been loadin' up ever since six o'clock Saturday night, and when him
-and the boys come up with their squirt-gun they'd forgot the key to
-the fire-plug, and they hadn't brung hose enough to use the river. Buck
-Patterson--he was superintendent--was passin' out buckets, and he come
-out to see what was the matter, and you'd ought to a-heard him talk to
-Joe. Buck was pretty profane, sometimes, and he just busted out that
-night. I guess he'd never had much use for Joe, only he hadn't had a
-chance to tell him about it before. 'Why, you dam gutter-sponge of a
-patty de foy graw,' says he--I'm only tellin' you what he said;
-I was standin' right by and heard the whole thing--he called him a patty
-de foy graw!--'You wart,' he says, 'you liver-eyed, kettle-bellied soak,
-you ain't fit to polish toastin'-forks in hell!' He never talked just
-like nobody else, Buck didn't. All this while Joe was hollerin' to
-little Murphy to run for the key and Murphy was hollerin' back, 'You go
-to the devil, your father, and get it yourself,' and sayin' it over and
-over, he was so excited; when Buck just took Joe by the collar and give
-him a jolt with his knee, and told him to shut up and get that key, and
-Joe tun off meek as an infant in arms.”
-
-“What was the loss that night?” asked Crosman.
-
-“About twenty thousand--eighty per cent, insured. The Old Gentleman
-didn't have a very comf'terble time himself. He'd been ridin' around
-on his buckboard tellin' the boys what to do. He started downtown after
-more buckets, and just as he got out to the bridge I looked up and see
-him all a-blazin' out behind. He didn't even know it yet. Must ha' been
-a spark lit on his coat-tails. I hollered at him, but he was whippin'
-up the mare, and I had to chase him across the bridge. He begun to feel
-funny then, and when he pulled up I grabbed his arm and jerked the reins
-out of his hand, and hauled him off the seat and rolled down the bank
-with him into the river. I guess there ain't much doubt I saved his
-life------ Hello, they're stopping work down there!”
-
-This last exclamation was caused by the Manager starting abruptly for
-the wharf. Crosman and the Inspector followed.
-
-The work was not wholly stopped, but a little group of labourers was
-gathered about a stick of timber watching George, who was measuring
-it with his scale. Some of the other workmen were standing and sitting
-nearby, laughing and bantering, while a few made a small pretense of
-work. When Halloran came on the scene George looked up with a dogged
-expression.
-
-“What's this?” Halloran asked the gang-boss.
-
-“We was going a little too fast for the kid.”
-
-Evidently George had interpreted his orders strictly, and when his eye
-failed him in the bewilderment of seeing a dozen sticks passing at a
-time, had stopped each one to scale it. Halloran turned to Du Bois.
-
-“Give the boy a lift, will you?”
-
-
-[Illustration: 0205]
-
-The old Inspector nodded, with a twinkle in his eye.
-
-“Here, young man,” he said, “take 'em down for me. Go ahead, boys!”
-
-He hitched himself up on the cap of a snubbing-post, and when the
-donkey-engines clanked again and the timbers came dropping and sliding
-to the wharf, and the files of labourers shuffled past, he went on
-with his story. His eyes roved absently up and down the wharf, and a
-half-circle of tobacco juice rapidly formed around the post. Not a
-stick escaped his eye, within a hundred feet of rapidly moving timbers;
-George's pencil was kept flying over the tally-sheet.
-
-“Yes, sir,” he went on, “we went down that bank--two-b'-four-fourteen,
-two-b'-eight-ten--like two cats--two-b'-ten-sixteen--a-fightin'.
-Two-b'-twelve-twelve. The Old Gentleman didn't--two-b'-twelve-eighteen--
-know yet just what was up--two-b'-six-twelve, two-b'-six-fourteen--and
-he got his hand twisted up in my hair--two-b'-ten-ten, two-b'-ten-
-fourteen, two-b'-ten-twelve--and when we struck the water--two-b'-
-twelve-ten, two-b'-eight-eighteen--”
-
-A few minutes later, when Halloran passed again that way, Du Bois was
-still in the story, though he had now no auditor but the preoccupied
-George.
-
-That same night another steamer came in, and within a few days it was
-necessary to put on a night shift to keep up with the influx of lumber.
-The yards filled rapidly with high piles until the tramways and mills
-were nearly hidden from sight. New lumber it was, not yet so dry but
-that some of the water from the rivers still moistened it; and the air
-was sweet with the scent of pine. It brought to mind the deep forests
-far back from the lake, the rustle of the wind through the new boughs
-far overhead, and the long, still aisles, carpeted in fragrant brown,
-where the deer run. There were bears out there, skulking away from the
-axman, grubbing up wild turnips and hunting ants and slugs in rotten
-stumps; there were otter and muskrats and perhaps a lingering colony of
-beaver. Soon the time would come when the deer and bear could reclaim
-their lands, for the axmen were nearly through. Another score of years,
-perhaps, and where had been great forests would be a waste of blackened
-stumps--all “cut out” for the market. Rivers would be lower and dams
-useless. Thriving lumber cities on the lake would be facing ruin--their
-reason for being gone with the last timber--or casting about to attract
-manufacturers or to cultivate beets--anything to stop the drain on their
-vitality as the restless lumbermen should turn west or south for new
-lands where they could found new cities and begin the problem anew.
-
-In ten days it was all in, the six million and odd feet of boards and
-timber. And as Halloran walked down to the bridge one night and leaned
-on the railing and looked over the broad piles he was nervous and
-depressed. A part of the strain was over and he was feeling the
-reaction. The key to the situation was in his hands now--it rested with
-him to carry the lumber safely over to the day for selling, and then to
-make it pay. He could not yet see Mr. Higginson. He had been to Doctor
-Brown's this evening and the Doctor was decisive. The moon came out
-as he stood there and shed its light on the river and the lumber. He
-straightened up to go; then waited until he caught a glimpse of the
-watchman on his round of the yards.
-
-
-
-
-BOOK III -- THROUGH FIRE
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER I--A Little Talk with Captain Craig
-
-Full as the newspapers were of the great corn deal on the Board of
-Trade, there was no getting at the facts that lay behind it. The brokers
-seemed to look on Le Duc as their principal; Le Duc had nothing to say.
-Halloran read the papers eagerly every day, watching for a word that
-would justify his conjectures, but the secret was too well kept.
-
-One morning a day or two after the lumber had come in, he asked Craig to
-step into the office.
-
-“Captain,” he said, “I want to talk to you about this corn business.
-I'm inclined to think that if we could find out who is backing Apples it
-might be just what we want to know most.”
-
-“You think it's Bigelow?”
-
-“Well, if it is Bigelow, and if his reasons for keeping dark are what I
-think, the sooner we know it the better for Higginson & Company. Do you
-think, from anything Mrs. Craig has said, that Bigelow knows who Apples
-and his wife are?”
-
-“Why, no. Jennie doesn't talk much about those times.”
-
-“I don't like to bother you with this, Captain, but business and family
-matters are so mixed that I don't know any other way to get at it. Would
-you be willing to find out if there were any letters--anything that Le
-Duc might have got hold of that would give him a grip on Bigelow?”
-
-The Captain looked grave. “I kind o' don't like to stir her up, now
-she's having such a good rest. But--well, I don't know why not. Yes,
-I'll ask her. I'm afraid,” he added, as he arose, “I'm afraid I'm
-getting kind o' chicken-hearted these days. You see, I haven't had her
-back very long. Yes, the first good chance that comes along I'll talk it
-over with her and let you know what she says.”
-
-During most of the day Halloran was shut up in the office, figuring and
-working out some new schedules. At noon he spent an hour or more uptown,
-and a half-hour climbing around under the bridge; and later Crosman was
-hailed, out in the yards.
-
-“Could you drop around this evening for awhile?” said Halloran.
-
-“Why, yes,” was the rather reluctant reply, followed by a blush and a
-grin. “Any particular time?”
-
-“Right after supper, for half an hour or so.”
-
-“All right; I'll be there.”
-
-In the evening, when Crosman entered the Manager's room, the first thing
-he observed was a purple sweater on the back of a chair by the bed.
-Below it was an old pair of trousers, a cap, and, on the floor, a pair
-of rubber boots. He glanced curiously at these things as he greeted his
-superior; and Halloran's eyes followed his.
-
-“That's my fireman's rig,” he said. “Didn't know I was on the
-department, did you?”
-
-“No. What's all this?”
-
-“It's what I want to see you about, as much as anything. I haven't gone
-to sleep a night since the lumber began coming in without expecting to
-hear the bell before morning. If the stuff was mine maybe I wouldn't
-care so much.” Crosman's face sobered. “But you said we'd carry the
-insurance ourselves.”
-
-“You didn't suppose I wanted to do it that way, did you? We can't pay
-the price, that's all. And we can't lose the lumber, either. It's up to
-us to see that nothing happens. I've worked out a little plan here and I
-want you to help me carry it through.”
-
-Crosman drew up his chair to the table. His mind had been fully occupied
-of late, and it had not before come home to him what a heavy--what a
-very heavy--load his Manager was carrying. Now these six million feet
-of pine and hemlock loomed in his thoughts and brought a very serious
-expression to his face.
-
-“Cheer up, old man; we haven't lost it yet, that I know of, and we're
-going to do our best not to lose it. But you see, in buying this lumber
-and getting it all in here, we've done only half of it; the other half
-is to take care of it and sell it at a profit. Now look at this. I've
-borrowed some spare hose from the department. That's coming over in the
-morning, and we'll have it coupled onto the plug by Mill No. 1 and kept
-ready under the tramway. Our own hose will be coupled to the west plug.
-The two steamers are to be at the wharf, with steam up, all the time,
-ready to throw a stream on anything near the wharves: they'll lie one at
-each end, you see. The engineers are to stand watches aboard and keep
-a couple of hands sleeping by to man the hose. Then, if we have two
-watchmen always on duty, and the rest of the boys sleeping in their
-shirts and stockings, we could do fairly quick work, with the town
-engine to help.”
-
-“There are the buckets in the mills, and by the office.”
-
-“Yes; we'll use those, too.”
-
-“And this”--he was examining the paper--“is the way you want the boys
-divided?”
-
-“Yes. If the fire should be at the north end, where the yards are
-widest, you will take charge of the hose at the mill plug and see that
-the buckets are started; I'll take the west plug, where I can have an
-eye on the wharves. Those are the men to work with you, these with me.
-You'd better see yours the first thing in the morning--here's the
-schedule of watches--and engage them. You see, they're all men that live
-near the fence. Tell them we don't want a man that can't get to his
-station two minutes after the _Number One_ blows her whistle, no matter
-if it's 2:30 A. M.”
-
-“The whistle will be the signal, then?”
-
-“Yes. I've told MacGregor to blow until he hears the bark of every dog
-in town. I want to get this all fixed in the morning, and so fixed that
-there can't be any misunderstandings. Any time after to-morrow noon,
-if that whistle blows, it means get to the yards in two minutes or lose
-your job. You'd better tell them that.”
-
-“All right; I'll see to it. But gee whiz!” Crosman leaned back and
-looked at Halloran. “Here we're talking about this just as if it was
-going to happen.”
-
-“Well, maybe it is. Anyhow, that's how we've got to look at it. I'd talk
-to the boys that way, too.” He rose and sat on the corner of the table,
-looking down earnestly at the other. “They've got to understand that
-we mean business. And say, look here, Crosman; what are we sitting here
-talking about this for? Why aren't we doing it to-night?”
-
-Crosman's expression dropped from serious to dismal. “Why--why--all
-right.”
-
-“Sorry if I'm butting into any plans of yours, but good Lord, old man,
-have you stopped to think what this means? Here I'd got my mind settled
-on to-morrow when I ought to have known all the while that to-day was
-the time. We'll do it now. You look up the boys on that paper and I'll
-root mine out and have them bring the hose over. We'll get everything in
-shape before we go to bed.”
-
-The assistant was caught up and whirled along by Halloran's energy. “All
-right,” he repeated. “But I ought to call Mamie up. She's--she's--I was
-thinking of going around there.”
-
-“Use my telephone. Excuse me if I start right out, won't you?”
-
-Before Crosman could stammer a “Certainly,” he had snatched up his hat
-and disappeared.
-
-Disagreeable as rush orders might be to a man with his family about him
-of an evening, there was nothing to be said; and within an hour some
-were starting out for duty on watch, or for a night on one of the
-steamers, while others dragged the hose-reel out of the town and across
-the bridge to the yards and put it in order for instant use. When the
-preparations were completed, toward eleven o'clock, Halloran called the
-men together and gave them their final instructions.
-
-Crosman and he were left alone for a moment when the last man had gone
-to his post.
-
-“Well--that's a good job done,” observed the assistant. “I guess there's
-nothing more, is there?”
-
-“No----- Oh, yes; one thing. I've thought a good deal about the south
-end. The yard's narrow there for quite a way and there's no fireplug
-at that end.” They were walking through the gate and toward the bridge.
-“It's the least likely place to catch first, because there's water on
-three sides, but if it should there's only one thing we could do.
-Look here! Under the town end of the bridge--I'll show you when we get
-there--I've hung a tin pail with matches and fuses in it, where it won't
-be disturbed and it's likely to keep dry. And about fifty yards down the
-bank there's some dynamite in another pail under the water. I've put
-a sign on a post to scare the boys away. There, see that white thing?
-That's it! I couldn't keep the stuff home or in the yards, and there,
-I think, is about the safest place. You see, if either of us should be
-running out here we could just turn off the road a little way and pick
-up the two pails. It's on Higginson land and I don't believe any one can
-object.”
-
-They went down together to see that the pails had not been molested.
-“I've given orders,” said Halloran, “to several of the boys to come down
-here every time they pass and report if anything's wrong.”
-
-Crosman was aroused by the work of the evening. “Well,” he burst out,
-as they were climbing the fence and taking the road again, “I must say
-you've just about covered the ground. I don't know of anything more we
-could do.”
-
-“I don't know--I feel a little better, anyway. I'll walk along to the
-house with you, if you're going that way.”
-
-“Well--I'll tell you--I--I'm not, exactly. I kind of said----”
-
-“Going to stop around at the Higginsons', eh?”
-
-“I thought I might, if------”
-
-“All right; good-night. Look out that they don't shoot you for a
-burglar. But, say; hold on a minute. Has the crisis come yet with--with
-Mr. Higginson?”
-
-“No; they expect it to-morrow. Doctor McArthur came up from Chicago this
-afternoon, and the other one, the Detroit doctor, gets in late to-night.
-Mamie's waiting up for him.”
-
-“Thanks. Good-night.”
-
-The following afternoon, as Halloran was closing his desk, Captain Craig
-came in.
-
-“I've had a little talk with Jennie this noon, Mr. Halloran. I had to
-explain to her about things, and how you felt a little delicate about
-it, and she told me the whole thing. You see, it's considerable of a
-story.”
-
-Halloran closed the door and drew up a chair. “Sit down, Captain.”
-
-“Well, now, it all goes back to a few months after Lizzie was married.
-Le Duc wasn't doing very well and he made it pretty uncomfortable for
-Jennie, talking about supporting her and that sort of thing; and finally
-one day he asked her if she didn't have letters or anything that could
-make it worth while to see Bigelow. Jennie'd never have done anything
-in the world, no matter though the alimony _had_ been allowed her by the
-courts; she always had a horror of going to law about it. But Le Duc
-was hard pushed, and I guess she was glad to do anything that would
-make things easier for all of them, so she let him have Bigelow's
-letters--most of them promising to send money. They were all, she says,
-plain evidence that he hadn't paid her.”
-
-Halloran was sitting far back in his chair, his hands clasped around
-one knee, his eyes fixed on the desk. And while the Captain talked, his
-thoughts were running swiftly backward and forward and all around this
-interesting subject. He was hearing what he had most wished to hear.
-
-“And so Le Duc went out to Evanston one night to see him, and they were
-all excited about it, Jennie says. But after that things took a change.
-Le Duc wouldn't say much about it---he acted a little queer--but he sort
-of made her think nothing was coming of it. And then, a little later, he
-got a job, nobody seemed to know just what--and moved over to where they
-are now. And he let Jennie and the McGinnis boy understand that they
-could come with them if they would pay a rather high board. Oh, he's
-a-----” Craig thought it better to pause, and turned his thoughts away
-from the meanness of his son-in-law. He went on with better control. “Of
-course Jennie couldn't do that, so they went without her. And Jennie was
-so timid about it all she didn't even like to ask for her letters back.”
-
-“And Apples has them still?”
-
-“Yes; he's got them.”
-
-“And is that all she knows?” Halloran could not keep a little
-disappointment out of his voice.
-
-“Yes, that's the whole thing. He's been keeping his mouth shut up tight
-about the whole business. It pretty nearly tells the story, don't you
-think?”
-
-“Why, yes, in a way. It's not quite enough to move on, I'm afraid. But
-I'll have to think it over; and maybe I can see a way through. We don't
-know yet that G. Hyde is behind that corner--but I'm much obliged,
-Captain.”
-
-“You're welcome.”
-
-The Captain hurried home to have a few hours with his family, for now
-that Halloran's “fire department” was organized he was sleeping, by
-choice, on his steamer.
-
-*****
-
-It was two o'clock the next morning. Crosman was far, far away, coasting
-down the joyous hills of dreamland. A laughing girl was at his side. She
-could not play long with him, for dimly he understood that the doctors
-were coming, and she must be at her post to welcome them. It would
-never do for the doctors to come and find no greeting from Mamie.
-But dreamland was bright to-night--the Little Folk were out in force,
-dancing like thistle-down over the Queen Anne's lace, or coasting with
-him down the starry slopes, a half-dozen on his back, more at his ears
-whistling gaily that Mamie was true--Blue for true!--Blue for true!--and
-hundreds of the maddest fellows capering on ahead, bounding and blowing
-from blossom to blossom. One danced far before, clad in a purple sweater
-and hearing a whistle. Now and again he blew a blast, daintily at
-first, like the signal of mint to the bees, then louder and shriller and
-shriller. It screeched hoarsely in his ears; a cold wind nipped at his
-legs and feet; the Little Folk were swarming around him, all in purple
-now, shouting wildly, urging him on--on--hurry--hurry! The whistle was
-deeper and hoarser--where was he--where---------?
-
-He was on his feet in the centre of the floor. Through the open window
-came the deep whistle of the _Number One_.
-
-In ten seconds he had tumbled into his trousers. Five more, and his
-boots were on. Another ten, and he was banging down the stairs and out
-the door, leaving it open behind him--and struggling into his coat as
-he ran. He could not guess how long the whistle had been sounding; but
-there was as yet no light in the sky above the yards. He must be on
-time: it lay with him to set an example to the men. His side was aching
-already, but he ran it down. As he drew near to the bridge he came
-out in full view of the yards, but could see no light. Perhaps he was
-early--perhaps the fire was starting on the river side. He thought of
-the dynamite, and with a bound was over the fence and running down to
-the water. A moment more and he was making for the bridge, pail in
-hand. As he paused here he heard some one running across, above him; and
-farther off were shouts and the sounds of running. The _Number One_ was
-still whistling.
-
-Over the bridge he went, a tin pail in each hand; around the corner of
-the fence and on to the open gate. He was dashing through when he was
-hailed by a familiar voice.
-
-There, sitting on a projecting plank of the nearest lumber-pile, was
-Halloran, a lantern in one hand, his watch in the other. Grouped around
-him were half a dozen panting men.
-
-“All right, Crosman. False alarm. But you've made bully time------ Look
-out, there!”
-
-This last was addressed to Du Bois, who came whirling around the
-gate-post and crashed full-tilt into Crosman. The assistant staggered,
-but recovered his balance; and the two sat down with the others. The men
-came bounding in until fully thirty were there--more by five or six than
-had been engaged. Halloran threw the light of his lantern on them.
-
-“Time's up,” he said. “Where's Potin?” [pronounced Pot'n.]
-
-No one answered, but after a moment the missing Canadian appeared.
-
-“You're late,” said Halloran. “What's the matter?”
-
-The man had to pause to breathe. “It took me a m-min-ute, Mister
-Halloran. I--I guess I didn't hear the first whistle.”
-
-“We need better ears than yours, then. We can't use you after this.
-Runyon”--turning to one of the promptest of the outsiders--“I'll take
-you on in Potin's place. We don't pay men to sleep. That's all now,
-boys. You can go home.”
-
-But now that they were aroused there was a tendency to wait and talk it
-over.
-
-“What you got in them pails, Mr. Crosman?” called Du Bois. “Did you
-forget and bring your lunch?”
-
-“No; it's dynamite.” In a conversational tone.
-
-“It's what? Say, you're fooling!” He drew back as he spoke. The other
-men looked at one another.
-
-For reply Crosman produced a brown cylinder.
-
-“Good Lord! And I run into that!”
-
-In another moment Halloran and Crosman were alone. Down the alleys,
-between the piles, around the mill, out the gate--for every hole a man
-could squeeze through was abruptly pressed into service--the men had
-disappeared. And when the noise of the scampering feet had died away,
-Halloran said, with a chuckle: “Here's Du Bois's hat. I'll take it
-along.” The next morning he found him on the wharf. “You didn't stop for
-your hat last night, Du Bois. I guess you were called away suddenly.”
-
-The Inspector accepted the hat and pulled it on, drew out his
-tobacco-pouch, bit a half-moon from his plug, tucked it away in his
-cheek, and swept his eyes quizzically around the harbour. “That's all
-right, Mr. Halloran; that's all right,” he observed, discharging a
-preliminary brown streak. “I s'pose I've got to go up against old Salt
-Peter some day or other, but if I'm goin' to have anything to say about
-it myself I'd a heap rather go up whole. If I was to come an arm or a
-leg at a time he might think it was old G. Hyde Bigelow tryin' to fool
-him in sections, and the first thing I knew he'd be sayin', 'Bigelow,
-you darned old pile o' culls, there's a line o' little red divils down
-there a-sittin' up nights for you. Git along!'”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER II--Going to Headquarters
-
-Halloran had not yet exhausted his resources in getting at the facts
-behind the corn deal. There was one person who probably could, if he
-would, carry the story further, and that was Jimmie McGinnis. And so
-Halloran decided to run down to Chicago.
-
-The Captain, when he heard of it, came to see him. “Harry Crosman says
-you're going down to the city, Mr. Halloran.”
-
-“Yes; I shall take the night train.”
-
-“When I told Jennie about it she wondered if you'd be going anywhere
-near Lizzie's place.”
-
-“I can, easily enough.”
-
-“Jennie, you see, has been sort of looking for some word from her this
-week, and there ain't none come yet, and would you mind taking along a
-little bundle for Lizzie, and maybe a note?”
-
-“Not a bit. You'll have them here before supper time, won't you?”
-
-“Yes; surely.”
-
-And so it fell out that Halloran boarded the train that night with the
-bundle under his arm.
-
-His trip was to be as short as he could make it, for he did not like to
-be away at this time. Full instructions were left with his assistant;
-and his post as amateur fire marshal was assigned to the Captain during
-his absence.
-
-Jimmie, it seemed, had been with the Le Ducs until the change. Where to
-find him now was a question, or it would have been if his eye had not
-alighted on the name “Elmer Le Duc” in the evening paper, among the
-attractions advertised by a Clark Street vaudeville theatre. He reached
-Chicago in the morning, and in the afternoon dropped around to the
-theatre. From the display of the name in five-inch letters on the
-bill-boards of a downtown continuous performance it was to be inferred
-that Jimmie was getting on in the world. His position on the programme,
-too--toward three o'clock--and the little burst of applause that
-followed the appearance of his name on the announcement card at the
-side of the stage, aided the impression. And finally, when the familiar
-wizen-faced, thin-legged boy, as undersized as ever, appeared, shouted
-out the preliminary song of his specialty, and fell into a long and
-wonderfully intricate dance, there was no doubting he had popped into
-favour. When he had disappeared, after the third recall, and the next
-turn was announced, Halloran slipped out and strolled a few steps up the
-alley that led to the stage-door.
-
-A quarter of an hour later a large, coarse-featured young woman, wearing
-a rakish French costume, came out into the alley; and behind her, barely
-reaching to her shoulder, in the unfamiliar get-up of a light suit, a
-wide-brimmed pearl-gray hat, tan shoes, and a bamboo stick, appeared
-Jimmie. They started to walk off together, but at Halloran's hail the
-young man turned.
-
-“How are you,” he said with a nod, somewhat as if their last meeting had
-been but a few hours earlier. “Want to speak to me?”
-
-At Halloran's affirmative, he left the woman, who stared at Halloran as
-she waited.
-
-“Been to the show?” asked Jimmie. “Got 'em cold, ain't I? I always told
-Le Duc I could do it the minute I got a chance at a big house.”
-
-“I've been looking for you, Jimmie. Won't you have dinner with me
-to-night at the Auditorium?”
-
-“Dinner, eh? What time?”
-
-“Half-past six.”
-
-“I suppose so. You see I was goin' with Jane--that's Jane Scott, you
-know; greatest character singer and dancer on the stage. We're goin' to
-be married next week, and I'm sorter supposed to hang around her most of
-the time. But I guess I can make it. Anythin' doin'?”
-
-“Nothing very much. I'll look for you, then, at half-past six, in the
-main office.”
-
-The dinner hour had come before Halloran could stop wondering over the
-idea of Jimmie McGinnis marrying. When they were seated together at a
-quiet table he spoke of it.
-
-“So you're going to be married, Jimmie?”
-
-“Yes; sure. But say, they ain't callin' me that no more. I'm Elmer Le
-Duc now, you know.”
-
-“Aren't you starting in rather young?”
-
-“Oh, no, not for a man in the profession. You see, Jane's husband------”
-
-“Her husband!”
-
-“Yes. He's a skate, you see--lushes. He's a fool, too, 'cause Jane's
-kind-hearted, and she'd a-gone right on supportin' him if he'd a-treated
-her half decent. She can haul in her hundred and twenty-five every week
-in the year--regular gold-mine. And a man that ain't got head enough to
-hold on to a thing like that 'ad better drop off. We've been talkin'
-it over, Jane an' me, ever since I made my hit. You see, she's got a
-two-part skit that calls for a small man, smaller'n her, a part I can
-walk right into; an' I thought it over an' told her I'd marry her an'
-manage the business. She's told me since, she knew the minute she struck
-me that I was her man. It's a good thing for both of us, you see. We
-can clear up two hundred a week easy, and our expenses won't be near so
-much. I told her I'd put up the cash for her divorce. It's such a sure
-case that it ain't costin' a great lot. Of course, I don't need to marry
-her, but the savin' in doublin' up on hotel an' sleeper bills 'll more'n
-pay for the divorce the first year.”
-
-Halloran looked at Jimmie, shook his head, and then smiled in spite of
-himself. And Jimmie had to grin a little, too.
-
-It had been a question how to open the next subject. Halloran knew that,
-wherever there was a choice of ways to an end, one open and direct, the
-other tortuous and subterranean, Jimmie's mind would instinctively seek
-the latter. He thought he had better slip easily from the one subject
-to the other; for if the boy were to suspect him of any strong desire
-to inform himself concerning Le Duc he would most likely draw back, from
-sheer perversity, into his shell.
-
-“You say you're known as Le Duc now? Didn't you travel with them for
-awhile?”
-
-“Yes; but it wouldn't go. Too much madam there. Let me tell you this,
-Mr. Halloran. Don't you ever go into partnership with a man and his
-wife. It's hell on wheels.”
-
-“They didn't get on well, then?”
-
-“No; the only payin' thing in the combination was the name. Le Duc's one
-of the best names in the profession, an' he's been more'n square about
-lettin' me go on an' use it.”
-
-“I saw them a little while ago at their hotel. He seems to have struck a
-good thing now.”
-
-“Yes, they say he's a big man on the Board.”
-
-“How did he ever get into it? There must be somebody behind him.”
-
-Jimmie fingered his fork and looked up with an expressionless face. “Is
-they?” he asked.
-
-Halloran tried again. “I don't know, but I'm inclined to think there's
-more in it than the papers say.”
-
-Jimmie, for some reason, chose to give no information whatever on this
-question. And Halloran had the questionable pleasure of bidding him
-good-evening in the consciousness that he was no nearer what he wanted
-to know than he had been in Wauchung. The next step was a matter of
-careful thinking; he was not even sure that there could be a next step.
-Meantime, he had an errand at the Le Ducs', and as it was not yet eight
-o'clock he decided to run up there.
-
-The great event had taken place in the Le Duc household. And when
-Halloran was shown into the apartment, he found a happy father in his
-shirt-sleeves dancing about a small white bundle on the sofa, a beaming
-mother also in dishabille, and a simpering nurse-maid. Apples was
-cordial, merry, expansive; he was delighted to see his old friend
-Halloran--fairly dragged him in. Good stories and playful allusions
-were continually rising in his mind and finding expression. He was
-boisterously demonstrative, and given to squeezing his wife's hand or
-slipping his arm around her as his tongue rattled along.
-
-Halloran delivered his message and his bundle, and finally, when he had
-been made to say all that there is to be said about some other man's
-infant, the mother and nurse took it away and left the two men to smoke
-and chat.
-
-After a time there came a pause. And then an idea that had been floating
-in Halloran's mind since his disappointment with Jimmie took sudden
-form.
-
-“How do you like working with Bigelow?” he asked, without the slightest
-change of expression, knocking the ash off his cigar as he spoke. And
-Apples took the bait.
-
-“First rate. He's a driver, but he's got a great head on him.”
-
-“Yes, I know. I used to work for him myself, out in Evanston. I don't
-believe he has ever done much on the Board before this deal.”
-
-“No, I don't think he has.” A peculiar expression was coming into Le
-Due's face. “Who told you about it?” he asked.
-
-“Oh, I've always known more or less of his movements. He was hit rather
-hard in Kentucky Coal a little while back, but I suppose this corner
-will more than square that, if it goes through.”
-
-Le Duc smiled. “Don't you worry about that. I guess that coal business
-is nothing he can't stand. A momentary change of opinion doesn't alter
-the fact that there's just as much coal there as there ever was.”
-
-“I suppose there is--just as much.”
-
-Le Duc was looking not quite comfortable. “Of course,” he began, “there
-are times with every man whose interests are spread out widely----” But
-this wouldn't do. He was blundering deeper and deeper into some sort of
-a trap, and not wholly grasping the situation, he decided to keep still.
-
-Halloran had learned enough. His trip to Chicago was not to be a
-failure, after all. He had learned so much, in fact, that when he was
-back in his room at the hotel and could sit down and think it all over,
-there seemed to be no reason for delay in turning his information to
-account. Over and over again that night he considered his case: he
-tested it from every point of view to assure himself of its soundness;
-and in the morning, instead of heading for Wauchung, he wired Crosman
-that he would return by way of the lumbering town of Corrigan, the seat
-of the Corrigan mills, in the upper peninsula. The Corrigans were among
-the largest owners in the “combine”; and if they were as tired of losing
-money as he believed, they would doubtless be glad to hear what he had
-to say.
-
-It was an eight-hour ride from Chicago to Corrigan, and evening was so
-near when he arrived that he went directly to his hotel for some dinner,
-and made arrangements by telephone to see the younger Mr. Corrigan at
-his home in the evening.
-
-“I don't know that we have ever met, Mr. Corrigan,” Halloran said, when
-the two men were closeted. “I am with Higginson & Company, of Wauchung.
-Your company and ours have not agreed, so far, in our attitude toward G.
-Hyde Bigelow. Mr. Higginson refused his offers at the start because we
-had reason to distrust him. We know now that we were right.”
-
-Corrigan looked at him with some surprise. “If you have any charges to
-make against Mr. Bigelow you should see him, not me.”
-
-“I have no charges, Mr. Corrigan, but I rather think you have. I've come
-here to lay them before you and leave you free to push them or not, as
-you choose. As I understand it, when this combination was organized, Mr.
-Bigelow was generally thought to be a responsible man. We didn't believe
-it, so we stood out rather than have him direct our business. Since that
-time he has got into such difficulties with his Kentucky investments
-that in order to raise money he has taken to speculating heavily on the
-Board of Trade. He is operating the big corn deal through the man named
-Le Duc.”
-
-“You'll excuse me, sir, but I don't see------”
-
-He paused, and Halloran went on: “You understand, Mr. Corrigan, that our
-position is what it was at the start--we are against this combination.
-And if I didn't believe that you are going to be against it, too, I
-shouldn't be here. I think you'll agree with me that if what I say is
-tme, Mr. Bigelow is not a man to trust.”
-
-“If it is tme------”
-
-“And there is a way to prove it. I suggest that at the meeting, which
-comes, I believe, next month, you lay these charges before Mr. Bigelow,
-without warning, and give him a chance to explain. You are at liberty to
-say that I gave you the information.”
-
-This was all he had come to say, and he was so sure of its effect that
-he was willing to leave it and give the seed time to grow. But Corrigan
-was aroused.
-
-“This--this amounts to saying that Bigelow is secretly plunging on the
-Board.”
-
-“It certainly does.”
-
-“And this Le Duc, who is he?”
-
-“He's a cheap actor who married Bigelow's daughter.”
-
-“His daughter! His oldest child is not a dozen years old.”
-
-“By his present wife, yes. But he's been married before.”
-
-“I'll think this over, Mr. Halloran; I'll think it over.”
-
-Halloran rose. “I came up here from Chicago to tell you that Bigelow
-is unsound. The sooner everybody connected with the Michigan lumber
-business finds it out the better for the business. Good-night.”
-
-“Good-night, sir.”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER III--Mr. Babcock's Last Card
-
-As the feat of riding thirty horses around a circus hippodrome
-calls for the highest strength and skill, so the task of guiding the
-complicated affairs of Bigelow & Company through the difficulties that
-threatened them demanded sound character and experience. For a time the
-Bigelow ventures had shown a persistent upward tendency, and the head
-of the firm had then made an imposing figure, but a fair-weather man
-was hardly adequate now. Kentucky Coal had slumped alarmingly; New
-Freighters had perhaps been overrated; and booming suburban real estate
-was discovering unexpected inertia where abnormal growth had been
-gambled on. But the most disturbing element was the lumber fight. That
-Higginson & Company could not only hold out until the meeting, but could
-actually get the better of the Trust, had not been foreseen. Questions
-would be asked at this meeting: there might even be some tension. And so
-it was that Mr. Bigelow was not joking much nowadays. And so it was that
-Mr. Babcock took his grip from behind the door and went to Wauchung.
-
-The air blew keen from the West as Mr. Babcock walked swiftly out toward
-the Wauchung bridge. It was a crisp, invigorating breeze, with the
-strength of the lake in it, and a faint odour of pine. Men grow rugged
-and hardy in this region, whether they follow blaze-marks or mariner's
-compass. No malaria oozes from the dry white sand; the children rather
-draw from it the sap that makes the pine tree tall and sound. If you had
-strayed into the forest in the earlier time of reckless cutting; if you
-had stood under the tight green roof on a scented rug of needles, finer
-than ever came from India, and listened to the song of the shanty-boy as
-he struck his peavey into a bleeding trunk, could you have wondered at
-the lilt in his melody, at the vigour, even the harshness in his voice?
-Stand near a mill-race and watch the “boys” racing down, each balanced
-on a single careening log, and you will have a glimpse of the sort of
-men G. Hyde Bigelow & Company were fighting.
-
-Mr. Babcock passed the last straggling buildings of Wauchung's main
-street and found himself in full view of the bridge, the river and the
-lumber-yards. The sight did not please him, apparently, for he paused
-with knit brows to take it in. Beyond, showing here and there, lay the
-harbour, glistening in the cool light--and beyond the harbour the bald
-dunes and the lake.
-
-The sky was blue, frayed here and there into ends of white clouds--the
-glorious northern sky, matched only in the air of Naples or Touraine.
-But Mr. Babcock was not looking at the sky. His soul was tuned to lower
-things--to lumber, for instance, heaps of it, piles of it, rows of
-it, stretched for hundreds of yards along the river, and across the
-peninsula, and along the edge of the harbour. The mills were silent;
-the watchmen were not to be seen; the only sign of life was the smoke
-curling from the funnels of the _Number One_, where Robbie MacGregor was
-dozing on the engine-room bench and hourly growing fatter. Six
-million feet of lumber greeted the eye of the man from Chicago, as he
-looked--and looked. It was new lumber, bought by experts, every stick of
-it such as would command a good price when the owners should throw it on
-the market, as they certainly would sooner or later. He shook his head
-and hurried on.
-
-He found Halloran at the office and shook hands cordially. Crosman heard
-the name, looked blank, recollected himself, and slipped out.
-
-“Well, you've got a great lot of lumber here, Mr. Halloran,” Babcock
-began softly, glancing out the window.
-
-“Yes--a good deal.”
-
-“How much can you keep in the yards here?”
-
-“We have about twenty-five million feet in now.”
-
-“You don't say so! Your own cutting?”
-
-“Only part of it.”
-
-“You've been--er--buying in the market, eh?”
-
-“Yes, all we could get.” He could not resist adding, “It's been a good
-time to buy.”
-
-“Yes, so it has, so it has. I suppose you're holding this lot for a
-better price?”
-
-Halloran nodded. His eyes were searching the face of his caller. Babcock
-paused to gather his forces, then settled back in his chair.
-
-“I feel like telling you, Mr. Halloran, that you've done a mighty neat
-piece of work. To tell the truth, it's been a surprise to us to see how
-well you've carried this business. Your fame now”--he leaned forward
-and dropped his voice to a confidential pitch--“your fame now, however,
-rests even more on the way you've stuck to your employer's interests
-than on the cleverness of what you've done. There are clever men enough,
-but down in Chicago we don't see any too many honest ones.”
-
-“No, I suppose you don't.”
-
-“This fight has been expensive, but it's taught us one lesson, I think.
-When we organized the lumber producers we tried to get all the good
-firms into it. We succeeded with every one but Higginson & Company. By
-the facts of the case we were forced to antagonize you, and I'll tell
-you right here we expected to beat you. But we haven't beaten you.
-You've shown a vitality that was surprising. And since your owner, we
-understand, has been dangerously ill for some months, we are forced
-to believe that you, yourself, Mr. Halloran, are the real head of this
-business. Isn't that so? Well, you needn't answer. I understand your
-modesty. But there are the facts. Well, now, sir, here we are, after a
-hard fight, just where we were when we started. I don't know but what
-you may be better off. Anyhow, you're the one man that has kept us from
-doing what we want to do. What we've learned in this experience is, that
-we can't afford to go on fighting Mr. John Halloran. We need just such a
-man as you on our side. Mr. Bigelow and I have talked this all over, and
-I think we have insight enough to know that when a rising man, a really
-big man, comes along, it's a heap sight better to get on his side. You
-can't stop a man like that--he's bound to rise--and if you don't keep
-his good-will and confidence, you lose. Now, we want your good-will and
-confidence, Mr. Halloran. I've got some propositions to lay before--”
-
-“One moment, Mr. Babcock. If you have come to propose that anybody but
-M. L. Higginson & Company conduct this business, you'll be wasting your
-time.”
-
-Babcock looked thoughtful, then nimbly changed front. “We have no
-concern in this or any business except our own. But we are interested
-in men. There's no doubt about it, Mr. Halloran--I know how men feel all
-over Michigan--there's no doubt about it, you're the coming man in
-the lumber business, to-day. Now, good men, Mr. Halloran, command good
-positions. Take this place you're in--it's a salaried position, isn't
-it?”
-
-“Yes.”
-
-“Well, now”--Mr. Babcock's voice had dropped almost to a whisper, but
-his intensity, his determination to win, trembled in every note of it.
-He was smiling. “Well, now, what's the use of this, Mr. Halloran; what
-future have you here? Even if you succeed Mr. Higginson? You can never
-be more than he is, if you stay here. But once put a man of your caliber
-in a place that's big enough for him and he'll expand--he'll fill
-it--he'll reach out and up. In ten years, perhaps, you'd be at the head
-of the business. But you ought to be at the head _now_--then, in ten
-years, you'd be in Chicago or New York, with your finger on the pulse of
-the financial world. I'm here for a reason. We've started in to organize
-the lumber business and nothing can stop us. It may take time; we know
-it will take men. But we aren't bothering about the time; we're looking
-for the men. That's our way. And you're the man we need to make it go;
-you're the man that can do it--you have a genius for it. Now--one
-moment--I told you I had some propositions to make to you, and I'm ready
-to make them.”
-
-He was playing the last card in the hand of Bigelow & Company, and
-playing it beautifully. A few short weeks and the meeting would be
-upon them--the meeting when explanations of the delay in completing the
-organization would fall upon unsympathetic ears. He was thinking now,
-for one moment, with his eyes half closed.
-
-“You know, Mr. Halloran, that Mr. Bigelow is the owner of the Pewaukoe
-Mills. It is a first-class plant in every way--and slightly larger than
-this, isn't it?”
-
-“A little, perhaps.”
-
-“Now, I could make you other propositions, but you know the lumber
-business, and I suppose you'd rather stay in it until you've got your
-hand worked in with something a little bigger. I offer you this: We'll
-put you at the head of our Pewaukoe business, with entire authority,
-subject only to consultation with the firm on matters of policy and
-development. We want you to go in with the idea that your hands are
-free--that you can stamp your own individuality on the business. Don't
-you see, Mr. Halloran, it's that individuality, that business character,
-that we want above all? We want the qualities that have given you your
-peculiar success here. As to payment, that will be arranged easiest
-of all. You know best what you ought to have. But I'll name a figure,
-merely by way of opening the discussion-----” He smiled again. “Suppose
-I say we'll pay you a thousand dollars a year more than you're getting
-here, whatever that may be. If that doesn't seem fair, just say so.
-We want to enter these new relations with the feeling of perfect
-satisfaction all around--we can't afford to do it any other way.
-
-“One moment--------- Don't commit yourself hurriedly. This is a matter
-for consideration. First of all, let me put that offer down in writing
-over our signature--then we'll have something to work from. Will you
-call your stenographer?”
-
-“We have no stenographer here now. But let me say------”
-
-“Well, I'll write it out--here, this letter-paper will do the business.”
-
-“Now, see here, we can't talk along this line. I haven't the slightest
-intention of leaving Higginson & Company.”
-
-“I know--I know------ Take plenty of time to think it over. I'll go
-ahead and put this down in black and white------”
-
-“No, Mr. Babcock. I won't consider it at all. I stay right here at this
-desk.”
-
-Babcock brought up his reserves. “You are inclined to think,” he said,
-settling back again, “that your place is here with Mr. Higginson?”
-
-“Decidedly.”
-
-“I see. Perhaps we've been working a little at cross-purposes. I haven't
-been talking with the idea of taking away Mr. Higginson's main support
-at the time he needs it most. I'm afraid I haven't been looking at that
-side of it quite enough. You see, Mr. Halloran, we're business men, we
-of G. H. Bigelow & Company. When we see a big man in our line we want
-him; and when we try to get him, I suppose we don't always consider
-the other people who want him, too. We haven't time. But I'm glad you
-brought the point up. Suppose we go at it from a new point of view. Now,
-I recognize (and Mr. Bigelow would agree with me if he were here) that
-this very attitude of yours--this standing by your employer when he's
-a sick man--is the quality in you we like best. We've seen it before;
-we've talked about it. If you should go back on Mr. Higginson now--even
-though, of course, there's not the slightest legal hindrance to your
-looking out for yourself--how could we know you wouldn't go back on us
-some day? But you won't go back on him, you see, and that's how we know
-more than ever that you're the man we're after. Now there's not the
-slightest need of any immediate change. We could even date your salary
-from this moment, or back to the beginning of this month, without
-expecting you to walk right out here------”
-
-“It's no use--I'm not going to leave.”
-
-“No; I'm not suggesting such a thing. I was going to say that--that
-we're looking ahead. Let me see--you're about thirty, perhaps. Why, man,
-you haven't begun yet. But if you stay here, and if Mr. Higginson should
-die within these next few years without taking you into the firm, you'd
-have nothing whatever to show for your work. Now, one place is as good
-as another for such a man as you. All you need is to get a footing--but
-that takes capital. My suggestion would be that you stay right here
-and buy into the business--get it into your own hands. Mr. Higginson,
-knowing you as he does, would be only too glad to have it go to you. We
-can help you with that. Your credit is A-1 with us. We're so sure you're
-going to see some day the advantages of combination and cooperation
-in this business that we'll write you a check any day and no questions
-asked. It------”
-
-“Don't you think,” said Halloran, speaking slowly, with an edge on his
-voice, “don't you think you've said about enough?”
-
-Babcock flushed. “What do you mean by that?”
-
-“I mean, if your time's worth anything to you you're losing money here.”
-
-“Then you are not interested------”
-
-“Not a bit.”
-
-The junior partner of Bigelow & Company, still flushing, rose. “I've
-made you a square offer------”
-
-“And I've refused it.”
-
-Babcock stood looking down at Halloran. His eyes were growing smaller;
-his fingers were restless. For a moment he seemed not to grasp the fact
-that he had failed. Halloran picked up a letter, then lowered it, and
-looked up inquiringly.
-
-“Now suppose we leave it this way for the present, Mr. Halloran.” He was
-rallying. “You'd better just think over what I've said. The main thing
-is to pave the way toward an agreement, and I think we've done that. I'm
-glad to have had this talk with you. Don't hurry about deciding. Weigh
-it carefully. Good-by--glad to have seen you.”
-
-Halloran gave him a nod and he was gone.
-
-It was to be a day rather more than usually eventful. Before he left the
-office, in the afternoon, Crosman drew him aside.
-
-“Would you------?” he began.
-
-“Well?”
-
-“Will you be home to-night--about eight?”
-
-“I think so. Why, anything special?”
-
-“N--no. You'll be there sure?”
-
-“Sure.”
-
-Promptly at eight the doorbell rang and Halloran was called down to the
-parlour. Entering, he found Crosman, grinning feverishly; and over in
-the corner, with her back turned, looking at a picture, was Mamie. He
-looked from one to the other until Mamie turned around and disclosed a
-very red face. Still no one spoke. The two now gazed appealingly at each
-other, and finally it was Mamie who broke the silence with a preliminary
-giggle.
-
-“I guess--I guess you can congratulate us, Mr. Halloran.”
-
-Coming so suddenly, even this bold statement did not sink at once
-into Halloran's consciousness. But at last, after a painful pause, he
-recollected himself and shook hands cordially. And then the story had to
-be told in detail. It was all a secret, for Mrs. Higginson had not yet
-learned to understand Harry as she would when she came to know him as
-one of the family. During the worst of her father's illness Mamie would
-not consent, but now that the crisis was turned she had--“Well, she had
-supposed she might as well.”
-
-“We wanted you to know it,” she said. “And it's going to be a secret
-between just you and us. We thought maybe--you--maybe you'd be glad,
-too.”
-
-But for some reason it did not have that effect; for an hour later, when
-Halloran was striding up the beach to the north, heedless of the waves
-that ran up about his feet, of the west wind that slapped his face and
-tugged at his coat, he wore a far from glad expression. And not until he
-had fallen into step with the night patrol from the life-saving station,
-and had swapped yams of the old Inspector and the Beebe-McClellan
-boat and the capsize-drill records, and had learned precisely why the
-Wauchung Station was the most abused and discriminated against in the
-whole U. S. L. S. S., did he seem a little more composed.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER IV--Twelve, Midnight
-
-The deep-toned bell in the town hall was striking twelve. It was a
-still, overcast night, with a mild breeze blowing up from the head of
-Lake Michigan. Three men stood at the gate of the yards talking in
-low tones, somewhat oppressed, perhaps, by the silence. Before them, a
-little way, was the white circle thrown by the electric light over the
-bridge; behind were the great dim piles of lumber with the narrow alleys
-between, now black as the sky, and carpeted as they were with chips and
-shavings, as silent beneath the foot as velvet. The only noise came, in
-the intervals between words, from the two steamers that lay breathing
-softly alongside the wharf.
-
-“What you doin' on watch, Du Bois? Changed your job?”
-
-“No; Mr. Halloran asked me to go on to-night. He says it's time we had
-some good men down here.”
-
-“Aw, go on!”
-
-“Say, Runyon, who's that on the bridge?”
-
-All three watched a moment.
-
-“Dunno 'im. Throw your lantern on 'im when he goes by.”
-
-But the fellow turned in at the gate.
-
-“Who's this?”
-
-“I'm George Bigelow. Mr. Halloran said I could go on watch at twelve.”
-
-“Bigelow ain't a very safe name around here, sonny. How about it, Du
-Bois?”
-
-“It's all right, I guess. He's the new lumber-checker.” They all
-laughed. “You understand, don't you, boy, that if a man's caught
-sleeping or off his post he gets shot?”
-
-“Why--why------”
-
-“Don't let 'im scare you, sonny. He's the lazy beggar 'imself. Say, Du
-Bois, I thought I saw a tramp hanging around about an hour ago. If you
-want to look through the yards once more with me I'll stay for it.”
-
-“Take the boy. It'll learn him the ropes. Run along, boy.”
-
-“Good-night, there.”
-
-“Good-night, Runyon. I won't wait.”
-
-They separated, one man hurrying off for home and a bed, Du Bois
-lingering at the gate for a look up and down the line of the fence;
-Runyon and George, their lanterns darkened, slipping stealthily away
-into the shadow.
-
-“I seen somethin' over there by the mill,” said Runyon, in a subdued
-voice, “like it was a tramp that had dumb the fence by the bridge and
-was sneakin' along the bank. Here, now, hold on a minute,”--he caught
-the boy's arm--“I was a-standin' right here. Now look down between
-them piles--past the mill. See that little strip o' the river where
-the bridge light's a-shinin'? It looked to me like somethin' black went
-acrost it.”
-
-They went on, giving a quarter of an hour to winding through the alleys,
-throwing a light into every dark corner. “A feller can't be expected
-to see everything--not in yards as big as these here. We needn't go out
-around the P'int. I guess there ain't nothin'. Here's Du Bois a-waitin'
-by the _Number One_. I'll leave you with him. You got a whistle, ain't
-you?”
-
-“Yes; Mr. Halloran gave me one.”
-
-“You know about it? If you blow, it means fire. So don't get gay with
-it.”
-
-“Hallo, there,” said Du Bois, as they joined him on the wharf in the
-little patch of light that fell from the steamer's engine-room. “You're
-purty poor. Where's your tramp?”
-
-“He wasn't to home. We 'lowed we'd call again. So long.”
-
-“So long, there.”
-
-The engine-room was snug and comfortable, a capital headquarters for
-patrol duty. So the old Inspector took immediate precedence of his
-associate. “Now, young man, we'll have to break you in first thing. You
-better go over and patrol the fence f'r'n hour. Then you come back here
-and report. Be kind o' cautiouslike about your whistle.”
-
-“I don't know------”
-
-“No, I guess you don't--not such a dam sight. What's the matter? What
-you waitin' f'r?”
-
-“Why--when we was going around the yards, he said he guessed we wouldn't
-go out as fur's the Point--and I thought mebbe I'd go now, jes so's to
-be sure.”
-
-“So you've took to thinkin', eh? I s'pose you was a-thinkin' you'd send
-me over to the fence.”
-
-“No, I didn't mean to send you, but I thought mebbe------”
-
-“Git along with you. You talk too much. You make me sick.” And the
-Inspector, with a chuckle, made slowly toward the gate, leaving the boy
-to his own resources.
-
-George walked to the end of the wharf and stood a moment, debating
-whether to keep on along the bank or to turn in among the lumber-piles.
-He decided on the latter course and crowded through, with the help of
-his lantern, by crawling over and under the projecting ends of planks
-between two huge piles. This brought him into an alley that led,
-with one turn, to the narrow space of open ground at the end of the
-peninsula. He closed his lantern and felt his way along. He had nearly
-reached the turn, he thought, when it was suddenly revealed to him by
-a light flickering on the lumber. He stopped short and held his breath.
-The light was growing rapidly. He rushed forward around the turn--and
-again he stopped. A blaze that had evidently started at the base of a
-pile of inch stuff was now curling upward, was already half way up
-to the top; and it crackled ominously as it wreathed around the thin,
-resinous boards. Standing a little way off at the edge of the bank,
-looking stupidly at the fire, was the worst specimen from the land of
-trampdom George had ever seen. His clothing hung about him in rags, his
-hair and beard were grizzled and matted, his face was red; and his whole
-body seemed to tremble as if from a nervous affection. He looked
-up frantically, called out something in a husky voice and held up a
-blackened clay pipe, then, on an impulse, he dropped the pipe, turned
-and dove out into the river. There was a splash, the firelight glistened
-for an instant on the spray, and he had disappeared.
-
-George remembered his whistle and blew it sharply half a dozen times His
-first thought was to turn back to the steamer, and he had taken a few
-steps when a shout told him that his signal was heard, that probably
-the fire could be seen now, for it was already licking at the topmost
-boards; and so he threw his lantern away and took a running dive off the
-bank.
-
-Du Bois, walking slowly, had nearly reached the gate when he heard
-George's whistle. “The boy's crazy,” he muttered. “Wonder they wouldn't
-give us unweaned infants f'r patrol.” He looked down the centre roadway,
-but could see no light. However, his duty was obvious, and he turned and
-ran back to the wharf, growling as he went. The men were aroused on both
-steamers. As he passed the _Number Two_ he saw the hands dragging out
-a coil of hose with the nozzle ready attached. On the upper deck of the
-_Number One_ Captain Craig, with a pair of trousers hastily drawn on and
-his nightgown partly tucked in at the waist, was leaning on the rail and
-peering out over the yards. The deckhouse door was open, throwing the
-light on him. In the fainter light, on the main deck, MacGregor was
-hanging out.
-
-“How is it, Cap'n?” he was calling.
-
-The Captain made a sign of impatience, straightened up and shaded his
-eyes with one hand to shut off the light from the steamer; then gave a
-shout, and pointing toward the end of the peninsula, he plunged into the
-wheel-house and pulled the whistle-cord. MacGregor disappeared in the
-engine-room.
-
-At the moment Du Bois was midway between the two steamers running along
-the wharf. He stopped now and retraced a few steps. “Hi, there!” he
-called to the men who were at work on the _Number Two_, “uncouple that
-hose and bring 'er up to the _Number One_.”
-
-“What for?” asked some one.
-
-“What for? You--you------ Hi, Cap'n Craig! I'm a-bringin' up the Number
-Two's line---- Will you have yours uncoupled for us? Now, you louts,
-gimme a hold o' the line. All together, now! _Heave_ f'r it! Over the
-rail with 'er! Lay hold now, lively! Did you think you was a-sprinklin'
-the front yard _an_ the tulip-bed? Ryan, if you fall over them feet of
-yourn again I'll be darned if I don't soak you. All together, now!--
-right in the solar plexus, b' th' divvel. Now _heave!_ HEAVE! What's the
-trouble, there. Damn that Ryan! Say, you've got more feet to the square
-inch than any man a-walkin'. Here she is, Cap'n. Take off that nozzle,
-one o' you, while I couple 'er. Hold on, Robbie, we'll holler when we
-want water. Jest heave that Ryan overboard, a couple o' you. All right,
-Cap'n. Will we take the nozzle? Here we go, now! Run 'er out! Quick,
-there------You're the craziest lot o' hare-lipped bungholes I ever see!”
-
-They were stretching out the hose to its fullest extent, but they were
-still some distance from the fire that now was roaring and crackling
-before them. Already they could hear the wind, swelling from a night
-breeze; it was whipping the flames into madness.
-
-“Hi! Robbie! Let 'er go! Pass the word there Let 'er go!”
-
-The men shouted; MacGregor responded; the flat line of hose swelled and
-writhed as the water was forced through. “Hold hard, Cap'n!” The nozzle
-was almost wrenched from their hands; the stream rushed out and curved
-high over the lumber.
-
-“Are we a-gettin' at it?”
-
-“I don't think so. I can't see. Here, work out into the roadway.”
-
-“Lord, no, we ain't reachin' 'er by three rods. An' she's a-burnin' to beat
-the yellow devils. What's the matter with the boys? Damn it, they
-must think we're a-doin' it f'r fun! This ain't no Fourth o' July
-pyrotechnics.”
-
-“They'll be here. It's not much more'n a minute since George signaled.”
-
-“There's some more of the boys, I think.”
-
-“I can't see much--this light's in my eyes. It's no use trying to reach
-it. Here, let's wet down these here piles. That's good. Now hold her
-there.”
-
-“Gettin' pretty hot here, Cap'n.”
-
-“Can't help that. It'll be hotter before we get through. Have an eye out
-to see that we don't get cut off behind. Here come the buckets.”
-
-“Here you are, boys--this way! How many is they of you?”
-
-“I dunno--about a dozen, I guess. The boys is comin' right in.”
-
-“Form a line here along the road. If you keep your clothes wet there's
-no danger, I guess. Stir along, now. Mr. Halloran come?”
-
-“Not yet. Mr. Crosman's couplin' up the yard hose an' he'll be along
-here'n a minute.”
-
-The fire was giving rise to the wind; the wind was lashing the fire. The
-crackling was loud now; the roar made it hard to talk. As they worked
-and watched a gust of wind came sweeping across the harbour, and
-catching up the top row of boards from an exposed pile, it tossed them,
-burning, high in the air. The sparks were flying high, coursing the
-length of the yards, some falling far beyond. Men were pouring into the
-yards. Somewhere across the river the town fire-engine was clanging out
-toward the bridge.
-
-A man, hatless, in a purple sweater, carrying a tin pail in each hand,
-came running through the gate and down the central roadway. Some one
-shouted “Here he comes!” and here and there other men, working with
-hose or bucket, heard the shout and caught it up for sheer excitement,
-heedless of the cause.
-
-“What's that?” said Du Bois. “It's all clear behind, ain't it? We ain't
-cut off?”
-
-“Oh, no; we aren't cut off.”
-
-“Say, Cap'n, I can't stand this; let's drop back a step or so. Lord
-knows we ain't doin' much good here. See her burn! I guess it's all day
-with Higginson & Company. Here come the fire boys--I see a helmet back
-there--------No, they've quit. They're a-runnin' back, an' draggin'
-their hose with 'em. Who's this here a-comin' f'r us?”
-
-“I don't know; I can't see.”
-
-“It's himself--it's Mr. Halloran. Hi! What's that?”
-
-[Illustration: 0267]
-
-“Back with you, quick!” Halloran was shouting. “Never mind the hose. Let
-it go. You'll have to run for it. One's enough here.”
-
-“Good Lord, he's goin' to try the dynamite. Hold on, there, Mr.
-Halloran! You'll never make it; the fire's too close.”
-
-“_Get back there!_ What do you mean by talking back to me?” Halloran's
-eyes were blazing. “Get back or I'll throw you back Drop that hose,
-Cap'n. Don't say a word!”
-
-“All right, Cap'n. I guess we can get the hose back with us. Heave,
-now!”
-
-Halloran jerked it away from them, took the Captain by the shoulders and
-spun him around. “I'll give you three seconds to get to the gate. Now
-_get!_ And none of your talk!”
-
-They ran, without a word.
-
-The fire had eaten its way almost to the widening of the peninsula,
-almost to the last point where the dynamite could be expected to stop
-it. A narrow strip could be blasted out, but once the flames had swept
-on into the main yards nothing could check them. The steamers were far
-enough away, Halloran thought, to be safe; and he had warned all the men
-back. They stood now at the gate, waiting. The watchmen and deckhands
-were there, and the twenty- or thirty amateur and the dozen professional
-fire-fighters. Crosman came hurrying over from the mill-plug and
-addressed himself to the Wauchung chief.
-
-“Have your boys run the hose right down the minute you hear the second
-explosion.”
-
-“There'll be only two?”
-
-“Only two. I've got my hose ready to take down the other road. The rest
-of you boys be ready with your buckets, and when the Chief here gives
-the word you run for it, every one of you. Understand?” Then he hurried
-back to his station.
-
-“Here he comes,” said a Wauchung fireman.
-
-Down the narrow roadway they could see a black figure running. Nearer he
-came, his shadow leaping grotesquely before. And just as he reached them
-and put out his hand to check his progress, the whole south end of the
-yards seemed to rise high in the air--once, and then again.
-
-“Come on, boys,” called Halloran, turning before he had fairly caught
-his breath. “Cap'n, go to the steamer and see that she's all right. This
-way, boys!” Eager hands laid hold of the hose and ran forward with it.
-Over by the mills they could hear Crosman urging his men on. And ahead
-of all was the bucket brigade.
-
-The explosion had cleared a path from bank to bank. Many of the blazing
-timbers had fallen into the yards, but the buckets and Crosman's hose
-were turned on these, while the firemen gave their attention to the wide
-heap of débris that seemed on the point of blazing up again. A third
-line of hose was soon brought up, and within a quarter of an hour the
-Chief had the satisfaction of saying to Halloran, “We've got her in
-hand now.” An hour more and the fire was over, excepting the smouldering
-piles, on which streams of water would be kept for the rest of the
-night. Halloran assigned a few men to stay on watch with the firemen
-and, leaving the responsibility in the hands of the Chief, he went over
-to the _Number One_. Craig was on the wharf.
-
-“Any harm done, Cap'n?”
-
-“No--not to speak of. About all the glass is broken, and some sparks
-came aboard, but we put them out easy enough.”
-
-“Say, Cap'n, I don't know just what I said to you to-night------”
-
-“That's all right, Mr. Halloran--don't you speak of it. You were tending
-to your business, that was all. You haven't seen anything of George,
-have you?”
-
-“George? No. Isn't he here?”
-
-“No, he ain't. He was out at the Point. He gave us the signal, but he
-didn't come back.”
-
-“Well, here, we'll look into this. Du Bois, there, did you see George
-after he gave the alarm?”
-
-“No, I ain't seen 'im since he went out to the P'int. What's the matter,
-ain't he around?”
-
-“No, he hasn't been seen. Look him up, will you? Ask the boys, and look
-around the yards a bit.”
-
-“Here he is now.”
-
-Craig and the Manager turned and saw, sure enough, George, leading, with
-the assistance of a local policeman, a villainous-looking tramp. George
-himself looked almost as disreputable as the tramp, and the policeman
-had evidently not been treading paths of ease.
-
-“Here's the man that done it, Mr. Halloran,” said George excitedly. “The
-copper said he didn't mind bringing him here so's you could see him
-before he gets run in. He won't say nothing, though.”
-
-Halloran soon drew out George's story, but the tramp was silent, beyond
-claiming stoutly that he had been smoking and had fallen asleep, only
-to awake and find the flames starting up. There was nothing to do but to
-turn him over to the law for the present. And at last, as the hour
-crept on toward two o'clock in the morning, Halloran and Crosman, after
-sending a reassuring message to the Higginsons, left the yards together
-for home and bed.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER V--The Meeting
-
-One afternoon young Corrigan appeared at the office. “I wish you would
-repeat,” he said, when the civilities had been exchanged, “what you said
-to me a little while back.”
-
-“About Mr. Bigelow?”
-
-“Yes. Please tell me just what you think, and why you think so. You
-understand that I couldn't go on with this without pretty good authority
-behind me.”
-
-“I have no documentary proof, if that's what you mean. But to my
-notion, that isn't necessary.” And Halloran simply repeated his former
-statements.
-
-“Tell me again about this Le Duc--what is his relationship to Mr.
-Bigelow?”
-
-“I may as well give you the whole story, Mr. Corrigan. The daughter of
-our Captain Craig went to Chicago some twenty years ago as Bigelow's
-private secretary. They were married and had two children, and then they
-were divorced. The courts allowed Mrs. Bigelow a decent income by way
-of alimony, most of which was never paid, and in some letters Bigelow
-admitted that it was unpaid. A little while ago, Le Duc, a fellow I had
-known in college, who had drifted on the stage and was rather up against
-it, married the daughter, Elizabeth Bigelow. They were all poor--Mrs.
-Bigelow (or Mrs. Craig, as she is now known) was really in want--and
-finally Le Duc got the letters from her and went out one evening to
-Evanston to demand money from Bigelow. Instead of giving it to him,
-Bigelow bought him off by offering him a position as the nominal head of
-the corner he was contemplating on the Board. Le Duc accepted, kept the
-letters, and cast off Mrs. Craig, who is now living here in Wauchung
-with her father. Just before I saw you he told me himself that Bigelow
-was the man behind him in his operations. That's the story.”
-
-“Well--well,” observed Corrigan, with a distressed expression.
-
-“And in telling it to you, I'm assuming that you don't want a Board of
-Trade plunger at the head of your combination.”
-
-“No, no, of course we don't. Now, Mr. Halloran, what is it exactly that
-you have to suggest?”
-
-“Say to Mr. Bigelow at your meeting that you have been told that he is
-behind the corner and request an explanation.”
-
-“Yes?”
-
-“If he can explain, well and good. You can refer the whole matter to me.
-But if he can't--there you are.”
-
-Corrigan pondered. “That seems fair. I'll talk it over with my father.
-I'm much obliged to you, anyhow.”
-
-“Not at all.”
-
-A reaction had followed the fire and the long strain leading up to it.
-They all felt it. Crosman, wearied by the comparative idleness that was
-forced upon him, was irritable and inclined to chafe against the steady
-disapproval of Mrs. Higginson. Halloran was plunged in gloom most of the
-time. And to add to the depression Captain Craig decided to give up his
-post.
-
-“You see, Mr. Halloran,” he said, in speaking of it, “you maybe wouldn't
-think to look at me that I'm a great-grandfather, but I've known it by
-my feelings since the fire. I didn't stand it very well--the running and
-the wet and all; and my eyes have been bothering me, too. Jennie and me,
-we've been talking it over, and she thinks I ought to just quit now, and
-look after the garden, and take it kind of easy. There's no room for us
-old fellows now, anyhow. A man had better make up his mind to it before
-he gets crowded out. I've saved a little something--enough to live on,
-and I've got my place, and I guess that's enough for anybody.”
-
-“You're mistaken, Captain. There's not a better man on the Lakes, and
-I'm glad to tell you so. The _Number One_ is yours as long as you'll
-keep her.”
-
-There were tears in the Captain's eyes. “That's all right--I'm obliged
-to you. But I guess it's time to quit now while we're shut down and you
-have a good chance to look around for somebody else. There's only one
-thing that's been bothering me. Do you think you're going to have a
-place for George?”
-
-“I'm sure of it. He's going to make a good man before he gets through
-with it.”
-
-“I'm glad you think so. I must tell Jennie--it'll please her. And
-say--here's a little something--George says he's owed you three-fifty
-for a long while. He's managed to save it up now, and he wanted me to
-hand it to you.”
-
-Halloran had to think. “Oh, that--that's nothing--I couldn't take it.”
-
-“If you don't mind--I think you'd better. And I--I want to say, Mr.
-Halloran, before I quit you, that it's been a great thing for Mr.
-Higginson to have you here. I guess there ain't no doubt you've saved
-his business for him.”
-
-This brought the gloom back to the Manager's face. He shook his head.
-
-“That's all right now--I've watched the business some. It's your nerve
-and grit----”
-
-“Captain,” Halloran broke in bitterly, “I------”
-
-“I guess I know what you mean. You've been carrying a load that would
-have broke most men, and now you're sort of unstrung.”
-
-Halloran shook his head again. “Damn the load.” He looked around the
-office. Crosman was out; the door was shut. “Captain, I've lost the girl
-I want to marry, for want of nerve.”
-
-“Are you sure?”
-
-He nodded.
-
-“Is she married already?”
-
-“Oh, no; she's gone away.”
-
-“Where?”
-
-“Down East. She didn't leave word.”
-
-“And she ain't married anybody else? Then she ain't lost. Why don't you
-go after her?”
-
-“I know. I've thought of that.”
-
-“Thinking 'll never do it. You better go.” Halloran looked up and caught
-the Captain's eye. It was beaming with good-will, and it opened to him a
-glimpse of a new world. “I believe I will,” he said, holding his breath.
-
-“You can get the eleven o'clock on the Père Marquette and connect with
-the Central Limited to-night at Detroit. I'll take care of the fire
-department while you're gone.”
-
-“Will you?” He caught at the Captain's hand.
-
-“Sure. You'd better move right along------Lord, yes, there's only
-twenty-five minutes, and it'll take you most of that to get home and
-pack. I'll call up the livery and have a carriage go right up after
-you.”
-
-“Good. Tell Crosman I've been called East.”
-
-“I'll see to everything. Good-by. And say, don't hurry back. Wire your
-address, and if we need you we'll let you know. Good-by. Good luck.”
-
-“Thanks. Good-by.” He was gone with a rush, leaving his desk open behind
-him.
-
-It so chanced that on this morning when Halloran went plunging off to
-seek his fortune, Mr. G. Hyde Bigelow, in an equally uncertain frame of
-mind, was fronting _his_. Matters were going awry down in Chicago. The
-Board of Trade deal, thanks to the elation and consequent intermeddling
-of the paid figurehead, was wobbling dangerously. And at ten o'clock,
-while Le Duc was hearing sharp, straight-out words in the mahogany
-office, the heads of nearly a score of Michigan lumber firms were
-gathering in the city office of the Corrigans, not far away. Hard-headed
-old fellows they were, most of them--men with slouch hats and unkempt
-beards, men who wore high boots beneath their bagging trousers, and
-swore as they talked and breathed. And there they waited for Bigelow, to
-ask him where their money had gone and how he proposed to get it back.
-At length he came.
-
-“Good-morning, gentlemen,” he observed, as he laid aside his coat and
-stick and his silk hat.
-
-“Good-morning,” came from Corrigan, and “How are you?” from one or two
-others. One graybeard murmured to a neighbour that he wished he'd a
-known in the first place that Bigelow wore a silk hat. “You can't trust
-a dude,” he muttered.
-
-“Well, gentlemen,” the managing director began, drawing his report
-from his pocket, “I suppose a statement of what we have accomplished
-will----”
-
-But young Corrigan couldn't wait. “Excuse me, Mr. Bigelow--and
-gentlemen. I think we all know just about where we stand in this
-business. And------”
-
-“One moment, Mr. Corrigan. It is usual------”
-
-“What I have to say is not usual, Mr. Bigelow. It's so important that it
-takes precedence, to my notion. It concerns our existence as a working
-body and our relations with you, sir. And this meeting can't go forward
-until it has been laid before you, and you've had the chance to convince
-us that what has been reported to me is untrue--that it is, as we should
-hope, a malicious lie. Before we think of the question of going forward
-or backward as a combination we must settle the question of our mutual
-confidence as individuals. A shadow has been cast upon this confidence;
-and you know, every man of you--” the graybeards, some startled, others
-condescending, looked at him; Bigelow looked at him, too--“You know
-that our whole structure must rest on complete confidence in the men we
-choose to direct our affairs. If this is removed, we can't do business a
-day.”
-
-“I should suggest, Mr. Corrigan, that what you have to say had better
-come in the discussion that will follow the reading of the report. It
-is the object of this report to answer in advance all inquiries, to tell
-every fact about our work.”
-
-“You'd better wait, Harry,” observed a man in boots. “Let him read it.”
-
-“If this were a fact of our work it could wait, sir; but it ain't.”
- Corrigan was warming up. “It concerns you, personally, Mr. Bigelow.
-We have accepted your guidance so far because we believed you to be a
-certain kind of a man, and to stand for certain principles in business.
-We want to go on believing this, and we don't want to wait a minute,
-now that we're all together here. I've been told that you're the real
-operator of the big corner on the Board, that your money is in it, and
-that the man named Le Duc has been put up so that your name wouldn't be
-known. Is that so?”
-
-Every face in the room changed expression. The blood rushed into
-Bigelow's.
-
-“If you've been taking our time to make wild charges against my
-character------”
-
-“You aren't answering,” shouted Corrigan. “Tell me that. That's what I
-ask.”
-
-“You'd better cool down a bit, Harry.”
-
-“No, Mr. Anderson, I won't cool down.”
-
-“See here,” said Bigelow, his voice rising with the others. “This has
-nothing whatever to do with this meeting.”
-
-Corrigan leaned over the table and looked him keenly in the eyes.
-“If you mean to withdraw here and now, Mr. Bigelow, to dissolve this
-agreement, then I'm with you; it has nothing to do with it. But if you
-mean to go on as our managing director, then you've got to answer that
-question.”
-
-The other men looked at one another. “I guess that's fair, Mr. Bigelow,”
- observed the man in boots. “So long as Harry's sprung this on us we
-wouldn't any of us feel quite easy about it.”
-
-“Well, sir, is it true?” asked Corrigan.
-
-“I claim that this is impertinent.”
-
-“Is it true?”
-
-“I decline to answer. My private investments are simply none of your
-business.”
-
-Corrigan sank back in his chair and drew a long breath. “There,” he
-said, “that's all I wanted to know. I think you'll agree with me,
-gentlemen, that we can't keep up these relations any longer. Suppose we
-hear the report now.”
-
-It was half-past two when the door was opened and a score of heated,
-hungry men came out for lunch. Bigelow had recovered and made a strong
-fight, but the sentiment was overwhelmingly against him. The managership
-had been offered to Corrigan; he had declined and stood out for
-dissolution on the ground that during the dozen or fifteen years that
-remained before the timber should be all cut out there was room for them
-all without any damaging competition. And so before they broke up the
-lumber agreement was abrogated. And in a few days, as soon as matters
-could be settled, the lumber world would know it.
-
-Eastward sped Halloran, on to the Hudson, on up the crooked mountain
-railroad to the junction village, on up the wagon road behind a team
-of crawling white horses; reaching at last the house perched on the
-mountainside, lost in billows of autumn flame. Yes, Miss Davies was
-still there. The wife of the proprietor had seen her shortly before,
-walking up the trail behind the house.
-
-He found her standing in a tangle of late blackberries, hatless, her
-sleeves rolled to the elbow, reaching up to break off a crimson maple
-branch. She heard him crashing through brake and bramble, and turned. He
-did not see that she changed colour, she was so browned by the mountain
-sun--but she was startled. She did not move, but stood, holding the
-branch and looking at him without a word.
-
-“How do you do?” he said, shaking hands. “Hardly expected to see me, did
-you?”
-
-“No. This is a surprise. When did you get here?”
-
-“Just now.”
-
-“Well, you're just in time to walk back with me.”
-
-He was disappointed. “Don't go right down. I came because they told me
-you were here, and now it would be too bad not to see you.”
-
-“I'm going to play tennis, and there's only an hour before dark. Here,
-you may carry these branches. Aren't they beautiful? You walk ahead so I
-can look at them.”
-
-There was no other way; the trail was narrow, and with the great bundle
-of branches in his arms he had all he could do to pick his way down the
-rocky path. Near the house they were met by a big young man in flannels,
-carrying tennis rackets. He looked curiously at Halloran, and passing
-him, walked with Miss Davies.
-
-“Mr. Halloran,” she said, “Mr. Green.”
-
-Mr. Green bowed and said, “How are you?” with an eastern drawl. And that
-was the last Halloran saw of her until supper time. He might have sat
-on the veranda and watched the game, but he did not; instead, he walked
-down to the road, and in the same plunging mood that had brought him
-East he went swinging up the valley. The bold splashes of crimson and
-yellow and golden brown on the long slopes, brought sharply out by the
-somber pines; the fringe of Queen Anne's lace along the road, and the
-masses of goldenrod and mint; the hum of millions of bees; the tumbling
-brook a rod away, with its pebbly ripples and dark pools; these he
-hardly saw. Even the Wittenberg, standing rugged against the sky, its
-crown of balsams now a trembling, luminous purple under the shafts of
-the setting sun, could not move him.
-
-After supper, by some managing, he caught her alone in the hall. “Come,”
- he said, “let's go outside.”
-
-She hesitated, but yielded. “I can't stay out but a minute. It's too
-cold.”
-
-“Get a wrap or something. If you bundle up we could sit awhile. It's
-stuffy in there.”
-
-“Oh, no, I can't. We're going to play euchre to-night.”
-
-“We----”
-
-“Oh, everybody. That means you, too, of course. Come in and let me
-introduce you. The people are jolly, most of them. There are always some
-queer ones, you know, at a place like this.”
-
-“But, Margaret, I didn't come to play euchre. I don't want to know these
-people. Can't you see? I came on purpose to see you, and to talk to you.
-Get your things and take a walk with me. Never mind the euchre.”
-
-“Oh, no, I couldn't do that. The people--it wouldn't look right.”
-
-“What do we care for them?”
-
-“No, I mustn't. We had really better go in.” And in she went, with
-Halloran, crestfallen, following.
-
-After an insufferable evening he tried again to see her, and again it
-was accomplished only by maneuvering.
-
-“Margaret,” he said, when he had drawn her into the corner of the
-emptying room, “tell me what it means. What's the matter?”
-
-She looked at him and slowly shook her head. “Nothing,” she replied;
-“nothing at all.”
-
-“Did you get my letters?”
-
-She nodded.
-
-“I didn't know--you didn't answer. Why didn't you write, Margaret?”
-
-No answer.
-
-“Won't you tell me? I've come a long way to ask you.”
-
-“I--why, I just couldn't.”
-
-“Didn't you have anything to say to me?”
-
-“No, I don't believe I did.”
-
-“And have you nothing to say to me now?”
-
-A long, long silence. Then this from Miss Davies:
-
-“Oh, please don't now. It's very late--and I'm tired.”
-
-“But when am I to see you?” he broke out impatiently.
-
-“Oh, there will be plenty of time. But not to-night--please. You aren't
-going away before morning.”
-
-“I am here only for a day or so. I--I am down East on--on business.” He
-had quailed again. “I just stopped off here.”
-
-“Oh, you just happened to come?”
-
-“No, I meant to come--I had to, I couldn't stay away. It's a long time
-since I've seen you, Margaret.
-
-“I know. You called in Evanston, didn't you? Mrs. Bigelow wrote me that
-you had taken George. How is he doing?”
-
-“Well. But when can I talk with you--alone somewhere? I can't say
-anything when you seem so hurried.”
-
-“Why--to-morrow, perhaps.”
-
-“To-morrow morning?”
-
-“No, not the morning. I'm going to climb the Terrace.”
-
-“Why not drop that and come with me?”
-
-“I can't. I promised Mr. Green. He's getting up a party. You--you might
-come along.” He shook his head. There was another pause. “Margaret,” he
-said then, “who is Mr. Green?”
-
-“He's a Boston man.”
-
-“Is he--is he----?”
-
-Some one was looking for Miss Davies. “She's in the card-room, I think,”
- said a voice.
-
-“Here I am. I'll be there directly.”
-
-“Wait, Margaret. Do you plan to get back for lunch?”
-
-“Yes--I don't think we're going to take any with us.”
-
-“Then I'll order a carriage for two o'clock, and we'll drive.”
-
-“Well----”
-
-“Of course”--and every word he uttered sounded like “Mr. Green--Mr.
-Green”--“of course, if you'd rather not------”
-
-“Oh, no--thank you very much. I'd enjoy going. At two, did you say?”
-
-She was gone; and Halloran went outside and paced the veranda, alone
-with a cigar. His regular footfall sounded for a long time--during two
-cigars, in fact; and the thoughts he finally carried to bed with him
-were not the sort to put him into a condition for the diplomacy the
-morrow was to demand. In the morning, long before daylight he was up and
-dressed. He breakfasted late to avoid the climbing party, and from his
-window he watched them start up the road. He saw Green take Margaret's
-jacket and tie the sleeves through his belt. An annoying fellow he
-was with his easy manners, his faultless clothes, his calm reserve. He
-grated on Halloran; he reminded him of his own blunt western way; he
-forced him to recall again those rough antecedents of his. And that
-Halloran was keen enough to recognize the difference, indefinable as it
-seemed, aggravated matters. For an hour or so he sat in the library and
-tried to read, but failed. He thought a little fresh air might fix him
-up, and he went out for a six-mile tramp up the Panther Kill, through
-the ravine where the rock walls shine with moisture, and the trout lie
-deep in the pools below the falls, and the trees mat closely to shut out
-the day; but this was worse than the book. He came back over a spur of
-the Panther Mountain and here he had his first occupation of the day,
-scrambling up the ledges, fighting through the brambles, placing his
-feet carefully on the treacherous moss-covered rocks; here drawing
-himself by a finger grip up a sheer precipice, there elbowing up a
-chimney.
-
-He reached the top of the ridge and plunged down through the forest. He
-saw a clearing ahead, and, pushing on, found the whole valley spread out
-below, the stream splashing and glittering in the sun, the white road
-winding out here and there from the shelter of the trees, and all the
-tumbling mountain land blazing with colour. To the south towered the
-Wittenberg, to the north lay the peaceful slopes of North Dome and Mount
-Sheridan. He was knee-deep in fragrant mint, and surrounded by droning
-bees. A look, and he was crashing on, covered with thistledown from the
-tangle of brush. It was a pleasure to jump the great hemlock logs that
-the tanners had left to rot thirty years before. Once a birch of six
-inches diameter snapped off short under his hand and gave him a tumble
-and a roll down the slope. He got up, shook out his joints and went on
-with a laugh, chasing a porcupine that lumbered off and tried to hide
-its head under a stone. And when at last he ran out into the upper
-meadows behind the house he was no longer thinking of Green.
-
-But at noon the climbing party did not appear in the dining-room. At two
-o'clock, when the carriage appeared, there was no sign of them. At three
-the horse was still waiting and Halloran had gone back to his cigars.
-At half-past three he called the boy and ordered him shortly to take
-the horse back to the barn. At four the party, disheveled, flushed with
-exercise, laughing merrily together over the little jokes and incidents
-of the climb, came wearily up the walk. Halloran stood on the
-veranda and watched them as they climbed the steps. Margaret met him
-half-defiantly, half-apologetically.
-
-“I'm sorry,” she murmured, as she passed him, the last of the party;
-“Mr. Green did take some sandwiches in his pockets. We--we went on about
-half way up the Wittenberg. I must change my things now; but if you
-still want to go I can be ready in a few minutes.”
-
-“No--I've sent the horse back. You couldn't go now--you need a rest.”
-
-“Well”--with a little toss of her head, “that's just as you like. We can
-go to-morrow, perhaps.”
-
-“I think I shall have to go away this afternoon.” Here he was, forcing
-her to speak out and urge him; and she had no notion of being forced to
-speak.
-
-“Oh, must you go so soon?”
-
-“I think so.”
-
-“That's too bad. You've not much more than got here. You really should
-have gone with us; we had a glorious climb. I'm all torn to pieces.”
- She put out a shoe that was cut and tom in two or three places. “I never
-worked so in my life before.”
-
-Halloran was thawing rapidly; he could not stand there looking at
-her and still keep all his resentment. And when she said, with an
-embarrassed little laugh, “Well, I simply must go in,” he delayed her:
-
-“Margaret, wait just a minute. Haven't you anything to say to me. It all
-rests with you. If you would tell me--to stay----”
-
-He could not get further. She looked at him, then away. “Why--why--if
-you------ Of course you know best how much time you have.”
-
-He turned away impatiently, and she hurried into the house, pausing only
-to add, “I shall be down in a few minutes.”
-
-But when the few minutes, lengthened to half an hour, had passed, and
-she had come down and looked with a curious expression into the parlours
-and out about the veranda, Halloran was half a mile away, driving
-rapidly toward the railway station in the junction village. And not
-until the evening did she know certainly that he had gone.
-
-One Père Marquette train reached Wauchung early in the morning, to
-connect with the car-ferry across the lake; and this was the train that
-brought Halloran back home. Walking up the street, bag in hand, he met
-the Captain, who was getting home from the yards for breakfast. Craig
-stopped when he saw him, and waited. They shook hands with only a
-greeting, but the Captain's shrewd old eyes were searching Halloran's
-face.
-
-“Well, Mr. Halloran, we weren't looking for you quite so soon.”
-
-“I've taken the best part out of a week. I couldn't stay longer than
-that. I'll see you after breakfast and go over things. No news?”
-
-“No; everything's lovely. But say, Mr. Halloran, how about it?”
-
-Halloran shook his head and would have hurried on.
-
-“Pshaw, now; it wasn't no, was it?”
-
-“Not exactly.”
-
-“Well, say--then maybe it's all right.”
-
-“It's nothing, Captain--worse than nothing.”
-
-“You don't mean--you ain't telling me you've come back without either no
-or yes?”
-
-Halloran made no answer. He simply wanted to get away.
-
-“Mr. Halloran, I didn't think it of you; honest, I didn't. Say, now,” he
-reached down and caught hold of the bag, not heeding Halloran's protest,
-“let's step back this way. There hasn't a soul seen you--not a soul.”
- His eyes swept the street. “Just step along a little quicker. The early
-train 'll be pulling out before long, and you can pick up some breakfast
-at Reed City. I'd take you home with me--Jennie'd never peep--but I'm
-afraid some of the boys might be around when you come out, and anyhow
-you'd have to wait till the later train, and when you come to things
-like this time's worth saving. I guess prob'ly there's some other fellow
-hanging around down there these days and you've gone and given him a
-cool two days' start of you--you've just handed it to him. Now you get
-right back by the fastest train you can make. There's a good many things
-you know a heap more about than I do, but I guess maybe women ain't one
-of 'em.”
-
-They reached the station, Halloran walking moodily without a word. At
-the edge of the platform he turned. “Captain, do you really think I
-ought to do it?”
-
-“My boy, you've got to do it. You ain't going to lie down here, are you?
-And that's what it means if you don't. There's your train waiting there.
-You get right aboard before anybody shows up to ask questions. Good-by;
-good luck to you.”
-
-Halloran got aboard, moody still; pulled up his collar, pulled down his
-hat, slid down low in the seat, and fixed his eyes on a worn spot in the
-back of the seat ahead. And when the train pulled into Reed City he was
-still gazing at the worn spot.
-
-The invigorating autumn air still held in Woodland Valley. Halloran,
-finding that the sleepy white horses and their driver were likely to be
-delayed in the village, threw his bag under a seat and set out on
-foot, following the road up through the notch by the bronze patches of
-cornstalks. He caught up a handful of young winter-green and munched it
-as he tramped. There was a lift in the air, and he threw open his coat
-and walked with a swing.
-
-At the house he asked for Miss Davies and was told that she was in her
-room, so he wrote a line in the library and gave it to a maid to take to
-her.
-
-She came in a moment.
-
-“Get your things, Margaret,” he said; “let's go outside.”
-
-“But--when did you come?”
-
-“Just now. I walked up. I've been out to Wauchung since I saw you the
-other day, but there was no use trying to stay there. You see--what I
-said about being down here on business was all a fib--I was afraid to
-own up.”
-
-“Afraid,” she stood looking at him, with such a peculiar expression that
-he feared another delay.
-
-“Never mind now; I'll tell you all about it when we get out. I want to
-walk up to the blackberry patch where I saw you the first day.” She went
-without a word for her things, still with that odd, sober expression;
-and in a few moments they were walking up the path toward the lower
-slopes of the mountain.
-
-“You--you said you had been to Wauchung?” she remarked by way of
-breaking the silence.
-
-“Yes. I stayed there about twenty minutes. You see--I can laugh at it
-now, but I couldn't then--I've been sort of a fool. When I wrote those
-letters and you didn't answer, and then when I went to your house and
-found that you'd come down here without a word to me, I was all broken
-up, and my nerve just left me. And then finally I did manage to get down
-here, and you didn't seem very glad to see me, and I don't doubt
-I was jealous of the Green fellow. I had forgotten then that after that
-night in Evanston--that when you had once let me know what you let me
-know then--you never would change. You see, I know you better than you
-think, Margaret. I've seen since that it was my fault--that I've been
-expecting you to say things it was my business to say for myself--and
-that there couldn't anything but little misunderstandings come between
-us after--after that. And--and------”
-
-He paused to look at her. She would have liked a broad hat, a sunbonnet,
-anything that would have shielded her face from him, but her little tarn
-was merciless, and she could only study the path. Another moment and he
-had to fall behind her.
-
-“Well, I guess that's all there is about it, Margaret. I was a fool, but
-I'm not a fool any longer. Here we are, where I saw you. Let's sit down
-on this log.” She slipped to the ground and deliberately faced away from
-him, looking off at the tumbling slopes of Cross Mountain. But he came
-around to the other side. “Now, Margaret, I've told you once, and you
-know all I could say without my telling you again. I love you: that's
-all. I can't go on any longer this way. I can't live without you--I've
-tried it--it's no use--so why can't we understand each other right now,
-and stop this playing at cross-purposes, and just be happy! You--you're
-all that I want in this world, Margaret--everything--everything.” He
-was leaning forward, playing nervously with a thorny twig and eagerly
-searching her face. “Tell me, Margaret--tell me if you will come right
-now into my life and make it worth something. I've been working day and
-night for other people--now I want to work for you. I want to see if
-I can't make a home for you--if I can't make you happy. When I've been
-working the hardest I've wondered, a good many times, what was the use
-of it all--what good it would do me if I should succeed, and make a lot
-of money and direct a lot of men. There's a passion for money, and
-there's a passion for power--I know a good many men that have one or the
-other or both of them--but one thing I've learned this year, Margaret,
-is that neither could ever fill my life and make it what I want to make
-it. Nothing, nobody but you can do that. Money and power mean worse than
-nothing to me unless they are means toward making you happy. That's what
-I want to do, Margaret, if you'll only give me the chance. Will you?”
-
-There was a long, long time before she could do more than look off
-at the cloud-shadows floating up the opposite mountainside. They sat
-motionless; Halloran's hand had dropped from the twig; and the wonderful
-silence of the mountains wrapped them about. She wondered why he did not
-go on; he waited, breathless. She half turned; he caught her hand and
-gripped it with a nervous grasp. Her eyes sought the shadows again,
-wavered, were drawn, slowly, in spite of herself, to his face. And then
-he had her in his arms.
-
-Oh, the glory of the painted mountains, the joy of the world about them!
-A hawk circled overhead, flew whistling off and lost himself in the
-forest. The squirrels and chipmunks, peering out from tree and rock,
-recalled their own young days and whisked away. The bees alone kept them
-company, but bee-workers have no time for love-making. And all those two
-knew was that the world was young and the world was many-tinted; that
-the sky was blue-and-white above; that all, everything, was theirs
-forever, in this world and in the world to come.
-
-“Dear girl,” he murmured, with his lips at her ear, “there is no mistake
-this time? This is for always?”
-
-Before the words were spoken her arms were around his neck, her lips
-were close to his, her heart was beating against his own. “Always,” she
-was repeating with him--“always--always!”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VII--Three Announcements
-
-When they reached the house, a little late for dinner, they found a
-telegram for Halloran on the mail-rack. Margaret started at the sight of
-it. “What is it, John? What does it mean?”
-
-He read it, then looked at it gloomily. “I suppose I ought to be glad,”
- he said.
-
-“Is it good news? I never can wait to see what's in a telegram.”
-
-He handed it to her. “I don't know whether you can make anything out of
-it. It is good news--it's what I've been hoping for for months. And now
-I'm sorry.”
-
-“_Price has risen_” she read. “_Understand that combine is broken.
-Crosman_. What does that mean? What price? And who is Crosman?”
-
-“I'll tell you all about it after dinner. I'm going to run up now and
-throw my things together. I shall have to take the evening train.”
-
-“Oh--John!”
-
-He could not reply; but with a quick look around the halls he took both
-her hands.
-
-“Don't go, John. Why, it's------”
-
-“I know, dear. It hurts--but I must.” And then, afraid of that
-unmanageable little imp within him that had a way of taking the reins
-now and then, he only managed to add, “I'll pack now so we can talk
-after dinner,” and bolted upstairs.
-
-After a hasty dinner he found her waiting with her coat and hat on. “I'm
-going to the station with you,” she said. “Mother thinks it will be all
-right, with Baker to drive. Now come out and tell me about it.” After
-saying which, she herself began, as soon as they were pacing the veranda
-arm in arm, on an entirely different subject. “I've talked with mother,
-John. I--I suppose I ought to have waited--it was really your place,
-wasn't it? But I'm so happy I couldn't wait. And dear old mother was so
-surprised--I was excited, I guess, and I laughed a little, and------”
-
-“I wanted to see her anyway, before I go.”
-
-“You can't now, John. She's so tired and stirred up she has gone right
-to bed. But--I don't think you'll find her very hard to talk with when
-you do see her.”
-
-“Does she think she can give you up?”
-
-They were standing at the end of the veranda, and Margaret was leaning
-back with both hands on the railing. She shook her head and looked
-mischievously at him. “I don't know but I shall have to be a little
-jealous of mother. I couldn't let many people talk about you like she
-does.”
-
-Halloran had never seen her in such spirits. It was slowly coming to him
-that this was neither of the Margarets he had known in the past. He had
-never seen her so well, for one thing; and now, besides, she was happy.
-And all the playful tenderness, the mischief, the devotion of her honest
-heart were his. Was it a wonder, then, that she captivated him as never
-before? That her fancy played about him, and led his wits such a mad,
-happy chase that it was she, at the last, who had to tell him that the
-carriage was waiting for them and that they really must go! And as they
-rolled along toward the village--as the first mile-post gleamed in the
-moonlight and slipped away behind them; as the rushing Panther Kill
-roared a moment in their ears and then, too, slipped behind; as they
-passed the quarry and came slowly in sight of the red and green lights
-of the railroad, Halloran's heart failed him. They were on the back seat
-of the mountain wagon, deep in the shadow; she was in his arms for the
-last time until--when? They were dropping into silence as the parting
-drew near.
-
-“Margaret,” he whispered, “I've been thinking--I can't go to-night--it's
-no use.”
-
-“No, John, don't go.”
-
-“We'll turn around--we'll go to-morrow night--you and your mother can
-start then, too--we'll all go West together. I'll wire Crosman to begin
-selling. Yes, we'll drive on to the station, and I'll send the message.”
-
-“I'm afraid, John, I couldn't get mother ready to go to-morrow. You
-don't quite understand--it would unsettle her dreadfully to get ready
-and go all in a rush like that. She has her mind made up for two weeks
-more--and I'm afraid I couldn't shorten it to less than one. Stay a
-week; it isn't much. You deserve a vacation. Mr. Crosman won't mind.”
-
-The little imp already had his hands on the reins; but at the sound of
-the whistle, far up the Shandaken Valley, Halloran roused. “I don't know
-what I'm thinking of, Margaret. They need me there. Good-by; don't say
-anything--I'm afraid I'll stay. Good-by.”
-
-“Good--good-by, John. Write to me.” She saw him on the train; she walked
-to the end of the platform to wave when his car passed; and then, deep
-in the gloom of the night, she walked slowly back to the carriage.
-
-Halloran sent a message on ahead, and Crosman, all excitement, met him
-at the station.
-
-“It's all over, Mr. Halloran,” he burst out, as they shook hands. “Mr.
-Corrigan's been down here to see you about advancing prices to cover
-losses.”
-
-“We don't need to advance prices. We haven't lost anything.”
-
-“Well--he only went back last night. He says he hopes you'll write him.”
-
-“I'll see to it. Does Mr. Higginson know?”
-
-“Only what Mamie could tell him. He wants to see you. I asked the doctor
-about it, and he says you can go in if you have some good news for
-him; if you haven't, you'd better stay away. I told him I guessed there
-wasn't much doubt about that.”
-
-“I'll go over after supper.”
-
-“All right; I'll leave word so's they'll be ready. And say, Mr.
-Halloran, there's another thing. I was going to talk to Mrs. Higginson
-to-day about--about Mamie and me, but Mamie doesn't want me to. She says
-her mother wouldn't listen to a word from me. And we've been talking
-it over, and we wondered if you'd be willing to say a word for us.” He
-hurried to add: “I know it's sort of a funny thing to ask, but we're
-just up a tree. If I could see her father I could manage it, but it's
-pretty tough to go on like this and feel all the while that she's down
-on me.” Halloran pursed his lips. “It's Mrs. Higginson that you want me
-to talk to?”
-
-“Well, no--not since they're going to let you see him. Now don't you do
-it, Mr. Halloran, if you'd rather not. I know how------”
-
-“If I see a good chance I'll try to put in a word. You won't mind if I
-go in now and wash up?”
-
-“No. Say, it's mighty square of you------”
-
-“Never mind that. I suppose I'll see you this evening?”
-
-After supper Halloran walked around to the Higginson home and was met at
-the door by Mamie, blushing and smiling.
-
-“Come in, Mr. Halloran,” she said. “Papa's been impatient to see you.
-You can go right up. Mamma asked me to excuse her to you. She isn't
-feeling well.”
-
-Mr. Higginson, looking ten years older for his long sickness, was
-propped up in an arm chair. He smiled eagerly at the sight of his
-manager in the doorway, and held out his hand. “Come in, John,” he said.
-“I'm glad to see you. Sit down. You've been having a little vacation,
-haven't you?”
-
-[Illustration: 0303]
-
-“Yes--I've been East.”
-
-“I'm glad of it. You deserve it. Now I want you to tell me all about
-things.”
-
-Halloran hesitated, looking at the white, wrinkled face and wondering if
-there was yet strength behind it to go into the details of the business.
-“It's a good deal of a story.”
-
-“But it's ended, isn't it? Mamie's right in what she tells me?”
-
-“Yes, it's about over.”
-
-“And we've won?”
-
-“I guess we have. There isn't any combine now.”
-
-“And Bigelow-----?”
-
-“Bigelow's broken. It was in the paper this morning.”
-
-“Broken,” Mr. Higginson repeated, half dazed. “I didn't think our fight
-could break him.”
-
-“We didn't do it all. He's been punctured all around. I guess his Board
-of Trade deal hit him the hardest.”
-
-“What's this I've been hearing about this great lot of lumber in the
-yards--whose is it? I feel like Rip Van Winkle.”
-
-“It's ours. When the trust cut prices we bought in all we could get.”
-
-“But--but where did you get the money?”
-
-“From the National City.”
-
-“And you're going to sell now?”
-
-“We've begun already. It will just about cover our losses. I understand
-Corrigan wants to raise prices a peg or so, but I've been thinking we'll
-hold the advantage better if we refuse.”
-
-“You've had a fire, I understand?”
-
-“Yes--didn't amount to much--less than the insurance premium would have
-cost us.”
-
-“Did you ever find out how it started?”
-
-“Yes--and no. It was done by a tramp. He claims he was smoking and fell
-asleep. We put the screws on him, but couldn't get a word more than
-that. They're still holding him, but I've about decided to let him go.
-There may be something behind it, of course, but if he won't tell I
-don't know who will. I hardly think it would pay us to push it any
-further.”
-
-“No, I suppose not, so long as we're well out of it. Are you keeping a
-close watch?”
-
-“Yes, I've put on an extra man since the fire.” While he was answering
-these eager questions, Halloran had been looking for an opportunity
-to open the subject that was uppermost in his mind. Now, dropping his
-voice, he began:
-
-“There's one thing, Mr. Higginson---”
-
-But his employer did not hear. “Who was this Le Duc I've been hearing
-about?”
-
-“He's Captain Craig's son-in-law. Bigelow put him up as his operator in
-corn.” Again his voice lost its assurance. “I have something to tell--”
-
-“Craig's son-in-law. Strange I never heard of him.”
-
-“I didn't put it quite right--Le Duc married his granddaughter. Bigelow
-was Craig's son-in-law.”
-
-“Bigelow!”
-
-“Yes--that makes Le Duc Bigelow's son-in-law. You see, the Captain's
-daughter has been found in Chicago, and he's brought her back home. She
-was divorced from Bigelow a good while back.”
-
-“Divorced from Bigelow!”
-
-It dawned on Halloran that he was stirring the old gentleman's brain
-into a muddle, and he stopped.
-
-“I guess we won't go into it now, John--I seem to be a little tired.
-It's strange--strange. More seems to have happened in these months than
-in all the rest of my life put together. But didn't I interrupt you a
-moment ago? What were you going to say?”
-
-Halloran had no more than started, in that same altered voice, than a
-dress rustled behind him and Mr. Higginson broke in with: “Come in, my
-dear. Here is John Halloran.”
-
-Mrs. Higginson, becomingly pale, a pink-and-white shawl drawn about her
-shoulders, came languidly in and took Halloran's hand. “Don't stand,”
- she said; “I heard your voice and thought I would come in for a moment.
-I am hardly able to get downstairs yet, but I try to walk about a little
-on this floor. Doctor Brown fairly orders me to keep very quiet, but I
-feel sure that a little exercise is the best thing. How are we ever to
-get about if we take no exercise? Don't you feel that draught, dear?
-John, would you mind shutting the door? I have to be a little careful
-about such things. I'm glad you've brought Mr. H. some good news. Doctor
-Brown said it was the one thing that might help him. 'Tell Mr. Halloran
-to come if he brings good news,' he said. 'If he doesn't, he'd better
-stay away.' Well, we've had a pretty serious time of it here, haven't
-we? I told Mr. H. he simply must get well--for what was to become of
-Mamie and me if he didn't. We haven't seen much of you lately, John. Of
-course, things have been rather broken up with my sickness, and Mr.
-H.'s., but I am sure Mamie would have been glad to see you any time.”
-
-“John has been away,” said Mr. Higginson.
-
-There was a pause, and Halloran, seeing his opportunity, girded up his
-courage and plunged forward. “It's been a pretty important trip to me,”
- he began. This was clumsy, but it was go ahead or nothing with him
-now, and he went ahead. “Since I went away--I went down to see
-Margaret Davies, of Evanston; she has been staying down there, in the
-mountains--and she has promised to be my wife.”
-
-The words were out. Mr. Higginson sat up straight in his chair and
-stared at him. Mrs. Higginson leaned back and stared. Halloran could
-only turn red. Finally, Mrs. Higginson, the first to recover, repeated
-the name, “Margaret Davies! I've never heard any Evanston people speak
-of her. Has her family lived there long?”
-
-“Yes, all her life”
-
-“Um--it's not a wealthy family, I suppose?”
-
-“I guess so. They have a fine old place on the Ridge.”
-
-Again Mrs. Higginson's tongue failed her, and she rose to go. “I hope
-you won't mind if I tell Mamie, Mr. Halloran. She will be interested.”
-
-“Oh, no; not at all. It's not a secret.”
-
-“We are all very glad to hear it. It's rather a sudden affair, isn't
-it?”
-
-“Oh, dear, no. It's years old.”
-
-“Years--indeed? I hope you'll do some very careful thinking. It is
-asking a good deal of a woman to bring her here to Wauchung--a city
-woman especially, with culture and refined tastes. I hope you aren't
-making a mistake. It would be such a pity for her life to turn out
-unhappily.” She went out; and Halloran, after fidgeting a moment, began
-to think that the best thing he could do would be to go, too. But Mr.
-Higginson checked him. “Sit down, John; sit down. So you're going to
-be married? Well, I'm glad to hear it. Let me shake hands with you.”
- Halloran was nervous and he rose again.
-
-“Wait a minute; I haven't said what I wanted to see you about yet.
-There's a matter that's been in my mind a good deal while I've been
-lying here, and I guess this is a good time to bring it up. I jotted
-down some memoranda this morning--there on the table, those folded
-papers. I wish you'd take them with you and look them over. I want your
-opinion on them before we do anything about it.”
-
-Halloran took the papers, opened the first one, and ran his eye over it.
-At the first words he started, flushed, muttered something, and looked
-up, speechless with gratitude. “Why--why------”
-
-“That's all right,” Mr. Higginson interrupted. “Never mind giving your
-decision now. Go home and think it over. If you see anything about it
-that you think could be improved, talk it over with me the next time you
-come around and I guess we won't make much difficulty over it. Higginson
-& Halloran doesn't look quite so well as Higginson & Co. A shorter name
-would look better. But we never did go in much for looks.”
-
-“I don't need to think over this, Mr. Higginson.”
-
-“Take it along; take it along. I guess I've talked enough for this
-afternoon. I'm a little tired.”
-
-There was nothing to do now but to go. As he passed down the stairs he
-saw Crosman and Mamie standing anxiously in the parlour doorway.
-
-“Did they say anything about our coming up?” said Crosman.
-
-Halloran stopped short. “By Jove!” he said; and then: “Say, I'm sorry,
-but I clean forgot you. It comes to the same thing, anyhow; I never
-could have said a word. I guess it's up to you.”
-
-He stood aside. Mamie looked at Crosman.
-
-“Well, say, Mamie, where is she?”
-
-“In her room, I guess.”
-
-“You go up ahead, Mamie, and find out if I can see her.”
-
-So with a dejected expression, Mamie piloting him, Crosman started up
-the stairs just as Halloran left the house.
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VIII--Leveling Down
-
-Margaret and Halloran were married in the late spring. For their
-honeymoon they went back to the mountains at the time when the apple
-buds were bursting into billows of pink and white in hillside orchards.
-The song-sparrows and robins sang for them as they drove up from the
-village; the brook, boisterous with a burden drained from higher slopes
-where the snow still lingered under northern ledges, brawled almost at
-the carriage wheels; millions of violets dotted the roadside, and white
-strawberry blossoms and the first daisies, and forget-me-nots that had
-escaped from some old-time garden. The smell of spring was in the air,
-the intoxicating sense of youth and health and happiness. And as they
-rolled comfortably along behind the jogging white horses they could only
-look at each other and draw in deep breaths of the fragrant, buoyant
-air, and be glad.
-
-Their first climb was up to the blackberry patch, under the maples. As
-they sat there on a well-remembered log, and looked out on the green
-wonder of the opposite slope, where the cloud-shadows were mounting
-as on that day of the autumn before, Margaret slipped her hand into
-Halloran's. “Listen,” she said.
-
-Far back in the hollow of the mountain a winter wren was caroling,
-welcoming them back to the highlands with all the melody in his little
-throat. His neighbours took it up, and piped their shrillest; and all
-along the slope chirped the dainty babel of welcome.
-
-“John,” she murmured.
-
-“Yes, Margaret.”
-
-“They can't send you any telegrams now?”
-
-“It wouldn't do them any good if they did. I've ordered the station
-agent to hold all messages until I call for them, and I'm not going to
-call.”
-
-She smiled; and again they were silent, listening to the merry strains
-behind them and to the far-off sounds from the valley, and watching the
-men at work in the fields below.
-
-We have followed them thus far, but now, in telling an odd incident of
-this little journey, we take leave. One evening, at supper, some active
-bodies at the house busied themselves in getting up an expedition to the
-village. There was to be a “show” in the village hall. These things were
-said to be great fun, and Margaret and Halloran were in the first wagon
-that went down. A band of broken-down actors, the latest coon songs, an
-elaborate silver table set to be raffled off--a number being given
-with each and every ticket sold to the performance--these were the
-attractions. It was hinted that the same silver set would probably
-figure again in other years; for the raffle included all the towns along
-the railroad, and the winning ticket seemed always to be held in some
-other town. But the natives of the mountains were always glad to be
-swindled, and silverware was not to be resisted. Small farmers, who
-build shingled bay windows and buy cabinet organs before the rear of the
-house is boarded up, fall an easy prey to these allurements. So the hall
-was crowded, and the party found some difficulty in getting seats.
-
-At length the cracked piano began to jingle.. The janitor lighted the
-lamps that served for footlights, and a voice, somewhere behind the
-curtain, was heard singing.
-
-The giggling, chatting audience was hushed. The kerosene lamps smoked
-and flickered unheeded. A village aristocrat, daughter of the general
-storekeeper, with her gum-chewing escort, sat next to Halloran,
-rapt with expectancy. The voice swelled out louder and louder, as it
-approached the refrain. Margaret, finding the audience more odorous and
-less picturesque than she had looked for, turned to suggest an early
-departure, and was surprised to see her husband leaning forward, his
-hands on the back of the chair in front, his eyes fixed on the stage.
-There were signs that the curtain was to be drawn; and as the voice
-swung into the refrain, “For Golden-haired Mary, dee-doodle-dee-fairy,
-dee-iddle-dee airy, ta-raddle-my-own,” the singer was disclosed, a
-long-legged black-face comedian, in a gorgeous, if shabby, cake-walk
-costume. Halloran muttered, “Well, I'm blest!”
-
-“What is it, John?” she whispered.
-
-“Don't you know him? It's Apples!”
-
-Sure enough, Le Duc, after a vain chase for the gold that glitters above
-the corn-pit on the Board of Trade, had returned to the path that leads
-to Shakespeare. The Bard was not quite within hail, to be sure, for
-Apples had lost his place in the line and must begin farther back than
-ever, but the road was still there. As they watched and listened, a
-woman, also in black-face, joined the comedian; and they recognized his
-wife.
-
-The next morning Halloran walked to the village after breakfast for a
-talk with Le Duc, but the “company” had left by an early train. “I don't
-know,” he said to Margaret when they talked it over later in the day;
-“there's not much use being sorry for them. They'd have landed on this
-level sooner or later anyhow--nothing could stop them. And he can't do
-anything like the harm with his silver-set swindle that he could have if
-Bigelow had succeeded in putting his deal through.”
-
-“I'm a little sorry for Lizzie, though. I used to think she might amount
-to something. You see, John, I can't quite forget that if it hadn't been
-for her and George we might not--maybe we wouldn't have come to know
-each other so well.” They were walking in the orchard. As she spoke she
-picked a cluster of apple blossoms and turned to pin them on his coat.
-
-“Perhaps not,” he said, looking down at her and smiling, “but I don't
-know. Maybe we'd have landed on this level, too, no matter how we
-started. I like to think so.”
-
-She looked up with one of the quick, shy glances he was learning to
-expect; and as quickly looking down again, and lowering her head over
-the blossoms, she murmured, “So do I.”
-
-
-THE END
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Whip Hand, by Samuel Merwin
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE WHIP HAND ***
-
-***** This file should be named 54102-0.txt or 54102-0.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
- http://www.gutenberg.org/5/4/1/0/54102/
-
-Produced by David Widger from page images generously
-provided by the Internet Archive
-
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
-specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
-eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
-for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
-performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
-away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
-not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
-trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country outside the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you
- are located before using this ebook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
-Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
-mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
-volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
-locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
-Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
-date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
-official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-For additional contact information:
-
- Dr. Gregory B. Newby
- Chief Executive and Director
- gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-